入

Ideogram (指事) - an arrowhead indicating "to enter".
Compare 人 (rén).
From Proto-Sino-Tibetan *nup ~ nip. Cognate with Tibetan ནུབ (nub, “to fall (gradually), sink, to set; to decay, to decline”) and Burmese နိပ် (nip, “to decline (e.g. price); to be suppressed, to settle, to be quelled”).
Chinese characters belonging to the same word family include:
* 納 (OC *nuːb, “to make enter”)
* 內 (OC *nuːbs, “inside”)
* 軜 (OC *nuːb, “reins on the inside of the horse”)
* 妠 (OC *nuːms, *nuːb, *rnoːd, “to marry (a girl)”)
* 躡 (OC *neb, “to tiptoe, tread”)
* 攝 (OC *neːb, *ʔnjeb, “to take in, photograph, grasp”)
* 鑷 (OC *neb, “tweezers, forceps”)
* and potentially Cantonese 擸 (laap3, “to bring together, to collect”)
The regular Mandarin pronunciation as predicted from Middle Chinese is rì. The irregular sound change is for taboo reasons - to avoid homophony with its derived vulgar meaning "to enter > to have sexual intercourse", nowadays represented by 日 (rì).

zh-m

陽入

阳入

(Chinese phonetics) short for 入聲／入声 (rùshēng, “the checked tone”)


主

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (主):
* → Japanese: 主(しゅ) (shu)
* → Korean: 주(主) (ju)
* → Vietnamese: chủ (主)

→ Proto-Tai: *ɕɤwꟲ (“master”)

desc

Lao: ເຈົ້າ (chao, “lord, master, owner”)

Thai: เจ้า (jâao, “lord, master, owner”)

→ Vietnamese: chúa (主, “retired father of a king”), Chúa (主, “Lord”)

Pictogram (象形). Three distinct forms can be observed in ancient scripts, all of which have merged into the same character in modern script:
A lamp or torch with a flame at the top. Original form of 炷.
Wood (木, now 王) on fire.
A spirit tablet. Same character as 示.
Unrelated to the right component of 往 (< 𢓸).
Unclear. Compare Tibetan ཇོ་བོ (jo bo, “elder brother, nobleman, lord”), Tibetan ཇོ་མོ (jo mo, “mistress, lady, goddess”), Tibetan ཐུ། (thu, “chief”), Proto-Monic *(d)ndooʔ (“to teach, to instruct; headman”), and Thai โจก (jòok, “leader, chief”) (Schuessler, 2007)
Also compare Burmese အတို့ (a.tui., “honorific personal pronoun”).


代

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (代):
* → Japanese: 代(だい) (dai)
* → Korean: 대(代) (dae)
* → Vietnamese: đại (代)

→ Vietnamese: đời (𠁀)

Second round of simplified Chinese characters

Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *l'ɯːɡs): semantic 亻 (“person”) + phonetic 弋 (OC *lɯɡ)
;state's name → toponym
Most of the people with this surname in Mainland China were originally with the surname 戴 (Dài) and was a result of second-round simplification of Chinese characters.

Han compound

(grammar) short for 代名詞／代名词 (dàimíngcí); short for 代詞／代词 (dàicí, “pronoun”)


價

→ Lao: ຄ່າ (khā)

→ Thai: ค่า (kâa)

→ Zhuang: gyaq

Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *kraːs): semantic 人 + phonetic 賈 (OC *kraːʔ, *kraːs, *klaːʔ, “sell”).
Perhaps related to 賈 (OC *kraːʔ, *kraːs, *klaːʔ, “to sell”).

och-l

价
价
介
价
价
家
假


冠

Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *kŋoːn, *kŋoːns) and ideogrammic compound (會意 /会意): semantic 冖 (“hat”) + phonetic 元 (OC *ŋon, “head”) + semantic 寸 (“hand”) – a hand putting a hat on the head.
Earlier forms are phono-semantic (形聲 /形声, OC *kŋoːn, *kŋoːns): semantic 冃 (“hat”) + phonetic 元 (OC *ŋon).
From Proto-Sino-Tibetan *(g/k)wa-n (“to put on; to wear; to clothe”). Cognate with Tibetan བགོ (bgo, “to put on; to wear; clothing”), གོས (gos, “clothes; garments; dress”), གོན (gon), གྱོན (gyon, “to put on; to wear”), སྐོན (skon, “to dress; to clothe”).
Pronunciation 2 is the exopassive derivation of pronunciation 1, literally "(make someone to) be capped" (Schuessler, 2007).

cog

(linguistics) short for 冠詞／冠词 (guàncí, “article”)


切

/t͡sʰiɛt̚³²/

/t͡sʰiɛt̚³²/

(phonetics) short for 反切 (fǎnqiè, “fanqie”)


副

Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *pʰɯɡs, *pʰrɯɡ, *pʰɯɡ): phonetic 畐 (OC *pʰrɯɡ, *bɯɡ) + semantic 刂 (“knife”).
Jiajie (假借) from 褔 (fù, “to be filled with”).

Han compound

褔
㽬
疈
𠠦
𤗚
㨽
*罷
擘
劈

(grammar) short for 副詞／副词 (fùcí, “adverb”)


動

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (動):
* → Japanese: 動(どう) (dō)
* → Korean: 동(動) (dong)
* → Vietnamese: động (動)

Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *doːŋʔ): phonetic 重 (OC *doŋ, *doŋʔ, *doŋs) + semantic 力 (“strength”). However, the phonetic component is a reference to a heavy bag ready to be moved by a human being.

Han compound

动
㣫
働
勭
𡺍
𨔝
𭜀
𢳾

(grammar) short for 動詞／动词 (dòngcí, “verb”)


反

STEDT compares it to Proto-Sino-Tibetan *par (“to trade; to buy; to sell”), from which Tibetan ཕར (phar, “interest (on money); exchange”) is derived.
Cognate with 販 (OC *pans, “to trade”), which is an exoactive of 反 (OC *panʔ, *pʰan, “to return, lit. to make someone return”) (Schuessler, 2007).
番 (OC *pʰan, “a turn; a time”) is the iterative of 反 (OC *panʔ, *pʰan).


合

Sino-Xenic (合):
* → Vietnamese: hợp (合)

Burmese language
Proto-Sino-Tibetan language

Ideogrammic compound (會意 /会意): 亼 + 口 (“mouth”) : Two mouths speaking together. See also 會.
From Proto-Sino-Tibetan *gap ~ kap. Compare 蓋 (OC *kaːbs, *kaːb, *ɡaːb, “to cover”) and 盍 (OC *ɡaːb, “to unite”) (STEDT). Outside of Sinitic, possibly cognate with Burmese ကပ် (kap, “to approach”).

Han compound

(Chinese phonetics) short for 合口 (hékǒu, “closed-mouthed”)


名

/ᵐbiaŋ²²⁻²²⁵/

/ᵐbiaŋ²²⁻²²⁵/

Ideogrammic compound (會意 /会意): 夕 (“crescent moon”) + 口 (“mouth”) — to say one's own name to identify oneself in the dark.
An alternative theory has been proposed based on Shang era texts. 口 was originally used to write both 口 and 名. 夕 standing for what later came to be written 明, was added as a phonetic indicator to disambiguate the two meanings.
From Proto-Sino-Tibetan *r-meŋ (“name”). Cognate with Tibetan མིང (ming), Burmese အမည် (a.many), and Mizo hming.

(grammar) short for 名詞／名词 (míngcí, “noun”)

專有名詞 專有名詞#Chinese

专有名词 专有名词#Chinese

(grammar) short for 專有名詞／专有名词 (zhuānyǒu míngcí, “proper noun”)


呼

Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *qʰaː): semantic 口 (“mouth”) + phonetic 乎 (OC *ɢaː) – to exhale, call, or shout from the mouth.
From Proto-Sino-Tibetan *ʔaːw (“to shout, cry out”). Cognate with Burmese အော် (au, “to shout, berate”), as well as with the following Sinitic words (STEDT):
* 嚆 (“to make noise”)
* 嚎 (“to howl, bawl”)
* 呴 (OC *qʰoːʔ, *qʰos, “to breathe on, yawn, roar”)
* 呵 (OC *qʰaːl, *qʰaːls, “to shout, cry out”)

och-l

(Chinese phonetics) medial; in Middle Chinese: being open-mouthed (開口／开口) or closed-mouthed (合口), also called 開合／开合); or, for modern Chinese: one of four medials (四呼)


單

Characters in the same phonetic series (單) (Zhengzhang, 2003)
Pictogram (象形) of a war or hunting weapon, a, Y-shaped wooden stick with two stones attached on top. The component in the middle in some oracle bones was a huge point which represented a rope around the stick; perhaps, this weapon was used as a spear and then retrieved through this rope. Otherwise, the huge point in the middle was another stone attached to the stick. The huge point was then stylized as an horizontal trait, as 口 (the stick resembled 中) and eventually as 田. The horizontal stroke at the bottom of the character was added later.
An alternative theory suggests that it represents a net to catch animals with two weights on top, but the huge point in the middle of the character in some oracle bones may not be a web or net.
From Proto-Sino-Tibetan *tar(l) (“single; one; whole; only”). Cognate with 但 (OC *daːn, *daːnʔ, *daːns, “only; but”).

och-l

(linguistics) short for 單數／单数 (dānshù, “singular”)


嘆

Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *n̥ʰaːn, *n̥ʰaːns): semantic 口 (“mouth”) + phonetic 歎 (OC *n̥ʰaːns). It expresses the idea of feeling down and letting out a sigh.

Han compound

(grammar) short for 嘆詞／叹词 (tàncí, “interjection”)


平

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (平):
* → Japanese: 平(へい) (hei)
* → Korean: 평(平) (pyeong)
* → Vietnamese: bình (平)

→ Iu Mien: baengh (“level”)

desc

→ Proto-Palaungic: *-pre/iŋ (“equal, level”) (Sidwell, 2015)

→ Proto-Tai: *biangᴬ (“flat, even”)

Lao: ພຽງ (phīang, “flat, even, equal”)

Lü: ᦵᦗᧂ (peng, “flat, even, equal”)

Northern Thai: ᨻ᩠ᨿᨦ (“flat, even, equal”)

Shan: ပဵင်း (páeng, “flat, even, equal”)

Thai: เพียง (piiang, “equal, as, only, just”)

Characters in the same phonetic series (平) (Zhengzhang, 2003)
Uncertain. Various explanations include:
* According to the Shuowen, 八 (“division”) + 亏 (“exhaled air”) — the smooth flow of speech.
* Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *ben, *beŋ): phonetic 釆 (biàn) + semantic 二 (“two equal lines”) (Lin Yiguang, 1920)
* A pictogram (象形) of waterweed spread flat on the surface of water. Original form of 苹 (OC *beŋ, “duckweed”). (Lawrence J. Howell)
* Pictogram (象形) of a balance scale. (Karlgren, 1973)
From Proto-Sino-Tibetan *(p/b)ljaŋ (“plank; palm; flat surface; wing”), whence Jingpho phun-pyen (phun⁵⁵ pjen³³, “plank”) and Burmese ပျဉ် (pyany, “flat board”) (STEDT).

cog

平上去入

the four tones of Middle Chinese: level, rising, departing and checked

陽平／阳平

(Chinese phonetics) level tone (one of the four tones in Middle Chinese)


式

Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *hljɯɡ): phonetic 弋 (OC *lɯɡ) + semantic 工 (“work”).

Han compound

敘述式

叙述式


形

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (形):
* → Vietnamese: hình (形)

Characters in the same phonetic series (井) (Zhengzhang, 2003)
Ideogrammic compound (會意 /会意): 幵 + 彡. In current form 幵 has been simplified to 开.
It may also be interpreted as a phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *ɡeːŋ): phonetic 井 (OC *skeŋʔ) + semantic 彡, if the original character was 𢒈.

Han compound

(grammar) short for 形容詞／形容词 (xíngróngcí, “adjective”)


性

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (性):
* → Japanese: 性(せい) (sei); 性(しょう) (shō)
* → Korean: 성(性) (seong)
* → Vietnamese: tính (性)

→ Tangut: 𗵤 (*sjij¹)

Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *sleŋs): semantic 忄 (“heart”) + phonetic 生 (OC *sʰleːŋ, *sreŋs) – nature, personal quality, hence of the heart.
Derived from 生 (OC *sʰleːŋ, *sreŋs, “to live; to be born; innate”).


態

Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *n̥ʰɯːs): phonetic 能 (OC *nɯː, *nɯːs, *nɯːŋ, *nɯːŋʔ) + semantic 心 (“heart”) – one’s heart-felt attitude.
Probably from Proto-Sino-Tibetan *m-nyaŋ (“can; be able to”); see 能 (OC *nɯː, *nɯːs, *nɯːŋ, *nɯːŋʔ, “able, capable”) for more.


攝

Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *neːb, *ʔnjeb): semantic 扌 (“hand”) + phonetic 聶 (OC *neb).
Probably from the same word family as 入 (OC *njub, “to enter”) (STEDT); see there for more.

Han compound

(Chinese phonetics) rhyme group; rhyme class (one of 16 sets of 韻 in Middle Chinese)


數

Exopassive derivation of Etymology 1 with suffix *-s, meaning "what is counted" (Schuessler, 2007).

單數／单数 ― dānshù ― singular


方

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (方):
* → Japanese: 方(ほう) (hō)
* → Korean: 방(方) (bang)
* → Vietnamese: phương (方)

→ English: Fang, Fong, Png

→ Vietnamese: vuông

Characters in the same phonetic series (方) (Zhengzhang, 2003)
Ideogrammic compound (會意 /会意): 一 + 刀 (“sword”) – blade; tip of a blade. Original form of 芒 (OC *maːŋ, *maŋ, “awn (of cereal); tip (of blade)”); later borrowed to mean “side”. Other theories regarding the origin of this character also exist.
It is unrelated to 㫃 (“fluttering flag”), from which characters like 旗 (OC *ɡɯ, “flag”) and 旅 (OC *ɡ·raʔ, “troops”) are derived.
; "side; square; region"
; "parallel boats"
; "just now"; "now"
; "method; law"

och-l

(lexicography) short for 方言 (fāngyán, “dialect”)


旁

Chu Silk Manuscript
Qin (state)
Shang dynasty
Spring and Autumn period
Warring States period
Wei (state)
Western Zhou
Wu (state)

Probably phono-semantic (形聲 /形声) following the pronunciation of 方 (OC *paŋ, *baŋ).
The upper component, which perhaps indicates the semantic field, is unclear and has evolved significantly in time, including 冖 (Shang), 凡 (Western Zhou), or forms resembling 辛 (Spring and Autumn bronze of Wu) or 用 (Warring States bronze inscription of Wei and proto-clerical script of Qin). In the Chu Silk Manuscript the form was much simplified.
The modern form was a descendant from the clerical script. Hence, a knife or chisel to mark prisoners 辛 is written above the phonetic component 方, perhaps to indicate the concept of moving to remote. However, as already stated, the semantic component in this character is unclear and evolved during time, hence more explanations linked to the earlier versions can be formulated.
From Proto-Sino-Tibetan *paŋ ~ *pak (“side”) (STEDT). Cognate with Mizo bǎng (“wall, stockage”), as well as possibly Burmese ဘက် (bhak, “side”).


時

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (時):
* → Japanese: 時(じ) (ji)
* → Korean: 시(時) (si)
* → Vietnamese: thời (時), thì (時)

→ Vietnamese: giờ

Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *djɯ): semantic 日 (“sun; day”) + phonetic 寺 (OC *ljɯs). The phonetic component however represents a footprint pointing up, which could be linked to the concept of the movement of the sun and hence the passing of time.
In ancient scripts, it had the form 旹, with 之 (OC *tjɯ) as the phonetic instead (as well as a reference to the passing of time). The component 寸 was added later.
; "time", "duration"
; "this"

Han compound

過去時

过去时


格

Characters in the same phonetic series (各) (Zhengzhang, 2003)
Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *klaːɡ, *kraːɡ): semantic 木 (“wood”) + phonetic 各 (OC *klaːɡ).
; “to go; to come; to arrive”
: Baxter (1992) proposes that this is related to 路 (OC *ɡ·raːɡs, “road”). Compare 客 (OC *kʰraːɡ, “guest, visitor”), 旅 (OC *ɡ·raʔ, “travel, lodge”), and 行 (OC *ɡaːŋ, *ɡaːŋs, *ɡraːŋ, *ɡraːŋs, “to go”)
; “to obstruct; to hinder”
; “frame; square”
; “style; form; pattern; standard; personality; character”

och-l

共格

益格


清

Cao Wei
Chen dynasty
Eastern Han dynasty
Eastern Wei
Eastern Wu
Eastern Zhou dynasty
Five Dynasties and Ten Kingdoms
Han dynasty
Jin dynasty (1115–1234)
Jin dynasty (265–420)
Liang dynasty
Liao dynasty
Liu Song dynasty
Mainland Southeast Asia linguistic area
Ming dynasty
Northern Qi
Northern Wei
Northern Zhou
Northern and Southern dynasties
Qin dynasty
Qing dynasty
Shang dynasty
Shu Han
Song dynasty
Southern Qi
Southern and Northern dynasties
Spring and Autumn period
Sui dynasty
Tang dynasty
Three Kingdoms
Warring States period
Western Han dynasty
Western Liao
Western Wei
Western Xia
Western Zhou dynasty
Xia dynasty
Xin dynasty
Yuan dynasty
Zhou dynasty

→ English: Ching, Cing, Qing

/t͡sʰi̯aŋ²⁴/

/t͡sʰi̯aŋ²⁴/

Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *sʰleŋ): semantic 氵 (“water”) + phonetic 青 (OC *sʰleːŋ).
From Proto-Sino-Tibetan *(t)s(j)aŋ (“clear; pure; clean”); cognate with Tibetan གཙང (gtsang, “clean; pure”), Mizo thiang (“to be clear; to be clean; to be pure”), Southern Qiang ɕó, Drung cangma (“clean”), Burmese စင် (cang, “clean, pure”) (Schuessler, 2007; STEDT).
Within Chinese, cognate with 淨 (OC *zeŋs, “clean”), 醒 (OC *seːŋ, *seːŋʔ, *seːŋs, “to wake up; to become sober”), and allofamic with 星 (OC *sleːŋ, “star”), 晴 (OC *zleŋ, “(of weather) clear; fine”); possibly also related to 靜 (OC *zleŋʔ, “quiet”) (Schuessler, 2007).
Perhaps an areal word; compare Proto-Mon-Khmer *caŋ (“to glitter”) (Schuessler, 2007).


濁

Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *rdoːɡ): semantic 氵 + phonetic 蜀 (OC *djoɡ).


爿

Pictogram (象形) – a bed. The original form of 牀 (OC *zraŋ). In the character 臧, it appears as a contracted form.

(Hokkien, Eastern Min, Puxian Min, linguistics) radical


片

→ Proto-Southwestern Tai: *pʰɛːnᴮ¹

Ahom: 𑜇𑜢𑜐𑜫 (phiñ)

Lao: ແຜ່ນ (phǣn)

Northern Thai: ᨹᩯ᩠᩵ᨶ

Shan: ၽႅၼ်ႇ (phèn)

Tai Dam: ꪵꪠ꪿ꪙ

Tai Nüa: ᥚᥦᥢᥱ (phǎen)

Thai: แผ่น (pɛ̀n)

/pʰiːn³³⁻³⁵/

/pʰen³³⁻³³⁵/

/pʰiːn³³⁻³⁵/

/pʰen³³⁻³³⁵/

Mirror image of 爿 (OC *braːn, “piece”), which is the pictogram of a bed.
Shuowen: half of 木 (“wood; tree”) to denote “to pare; to slice”; but this interpretation is not based on oracle bones and bronzes.

廣府片／广府片 [Cantonese] ― gwong² fu² pin³ [Jyutping] ― Guangfu subgroup (of Yue Chinese)

(linguistics) subgroup; subdivision of a language


等

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (等):
* → Japanese: 等(とう) (tō)
* → Korean: 등(等) (deung)
* → Vietnamese: đẳng (等)

→ Proto-Turkic: *teŋ (“equal”) (see there for further descendants)

Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *tɯːʔ, *tɯːŋʔ): semantic 竹 (“bamboo”) + phonetic 寺 (OC *ljɯs).
竹 here refers to the bamboo strips used for writing (e.g. grading, classification) in ancient times. 寺 (OC *ljɯs) was originally used phonetically; the character was subsequently borrowed for another word with the same meaning, but with no phonetic resemblance to 寺.
From Proto-Sino-Tibetan *tVŋ (“top; to rise; to raise”) (STEDT). Endoactive of 登 (OC *tɯːŋ, “to rise; to ascend”) (Schuessler, 2007).

liushu

OC *tɯːʔ, *tɯːŋʔ

inh

the third division member of a rime doublet

重紐三等

重纽三等

Middle Chinese finals
w:Middle Chinese finals

(Chinese phonetics) one of the "divisions" of a rime table, encoding some phonological distinction; see Middle Chinese finals on Wikipedia.Wikipedia


聲

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (聲):
* → Japanese: 声(しょう) (shō); 声(せい) (sei)
* → Korean: 성(聲) (seong)
* → Vietnamese: thanh (聲)

→ Thai: เสียง (sǐiang)

desc

→ Vietnamese: tiếng (“voice; language; sound”)

→ Zhuang: sing

Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *qʰjeŋ): phonetic 殸 (OC *kʰreːŋ, *kʰeːŋs) + semantic 耳 (“ear”).


腔

/t͡ɕʰi̯ɑŋ⁵⁵/

/t͡ɕʰi̯ɑ̃ɻ⁵⁵/

/t͡ɕʰi̯ɑŋ⁵⁵/

/t͡ɕʰi̯ɑ̃ɻ⁵⁵/

Ideogrammic compound (會意 /会意) and phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *kʰroːŋ): semantic 肉 (“meat; flesh”) + phonetic 空 (OC *kʰoːŋ, *kʰoːŋs, “empty; hollow”).
Cognate with 空 (OC *kʰoːŋ, *kʰoːŋs, “empty; hollow”) (Wang, 1982).

Han compound

腔調

腔调

四縣腔

四县腔

榕腔


訓

Perhaps from Proto-Sino-Tibetan *s-kul (“to instruct, explain, admonish”). Compare Tibetan སྐུལ་བ (skul ba, “to exhort”).

訓誨

chiefly of superiors to subordinates, or old to young

(linguistics) To interpret / read a Chinese character or phrase by associating it with a (usually) non-Sinitic native morpheme or phrase with identical meaning. Applied in Sinitic dialects to Mandarin or Literary Chinese characters, and in the Sinosphere to Literary Chinese. For example, reading (訓／训) the character 人 (“person”) as Min Nan lâng (“person”), Korean 사람 (saram, “person”), or Japanese ひと (hito, “person”).


詞

Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *ljɯ): semantic 言 (“speech”) + phonetic 司 (OC *slɯ).

Han compound

(traditional lexicology, obsolete) function word; particle


語

/ᵑɡui²¹⁻²¹⁵/

/ᵑɡui²¹⁻²¹⁵/

Characters in the same phonetic series (五) (Zhengzhang, 2003)
Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *ŋaʔ, *ŋas): semantic 言 + phonetic 吾 (OC *ŋraː, *ŋaː).
From Proto-Sino-Tibetan *ŋaq (“to speak”). Compare Tibetan ངག (ngag, “speech”).
According to Schuessler (2007), 言 (OC *ŋan, “to speak; speech; talk”) is 語 (OC *ŋaʔ) with a nominal n-suffix.

Han compound

(linguistics) spoken language (contrary to written language 文)


調

/ti̯aʊ̯ɻʷ⁵¹/

/ti̯aʊ̯ɻʷ⁵¹/

Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *dɯːw, *dɯːws, *tɯw): semantic 言 + phonetic 周 (OC *tjɯw).


貶

Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *promʔ): semantic 貝 (“shell”) + phonetic 乏 (OC *bob).


賓

In oracle bone script, an ideogrammic compound (會意 /会意): a person 人 in a building 宀 – a guest. Bronze inscriptions added 貝 (“money; valuables”), signifying gifts.
Variants that replaced 人 with 万 (OC *mans, *mɯːɡ) were also common, and posited to be the original form of 丏 (OC *meːnʔ), which would also act as the character's phonetic component, which has corrupted into ⿱一𣥂 in the modern form.
Shuowen: Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *mpin): phonetic 𡧍 (OC *meːnʔ) + semantic 貝.
From n-nominalization of Proto-Sino-Tibetan *pi (“to give”). Cognate with 嬪 (OC *bin, “to become a bride”), which is an endopassive of 賓 (OC *mpin, “lit, "to be received like a guest"”). See 畀 (OC *pids, “to give”) for more cognates.

och-l

宾
賔
𧶉
𧶎
𥦎
𡪛
𡧍
𡫅
𢊟
𧶑
𠆄


連

Ideogrammic compound (會意 /会意): 辶 (“to walk”) + 車 (“chariot”) – man-drawn carriage.
According to Duan Yucai, 聯 /联 (lián) and 連 are two characters for a same word, with the former used in the Zhou dynasty and the latter in the Han dynasty.
From Proto-Sino-Tibetan *s-rjan (“equal; to place in a row; to align; row”); related to 聯 (OC *ɡ·ron) (STEDT; Schuessler, 2007).

inh

(grammar) short for 連詞／连词 (liáncí, “conjunction”)


開

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (開):
* → Japanese: 開(かい) (kai)
* → Vietnamese: khai (開)

→ Lao: ໄຂ (khai, “open”)

→ Thai: ไข (kǎi, “open”)

→ Vietnamese: khơi

→ Zhuang: hai (“open”)

Ideogrammic compound (會意 /会意): 門 (“door”) + 一 (“latch and/or wooden pole that shuts a door”) + 廾 (“a pair of hands”) — a pair of hands opening a latched door. 一 and 廾 are combined into 开 since the Small Seal script; however, in the conservative variant 𨵑, the two hands and the latch are well visible.
Compare 闢. See also 關, in which the door is kept shut by two wooden poles.
According to STEDT, from Proto-Sino-Tibetan *m/s-k(w)a-j (“mouth; opening; spread; door; face; jaw”). Cognate with 戶 (OC *ɡʷaːʔ, “door”), Tibetan ཁ (kha, “mouth”), Tibetan སྒོ (sgo, “door”).
The word is possibly a colloquial variant of 闓 (OC *ŋ̊ʰɯːlʔ, *ŋ̊ʰɯːls) (Schuessler, 2007). Proto-Mien *kʰu̯ɔiᴬ (“to open”) (whence Iu Mien kʰɔi¹) and Thai ไข (kǎi) are Chinese loans (Ratliff, 2010).

och-l

闓 (OC *ŋ̊ʰɯːlʔ, *ŋ̊ʰɯːls)

开
𫔭
䦐
𨴉
𨳩
𨴂
𨵹
𨶘
𨵑
开
K
开
开
嗨

(Chinese phonetics) short for 開口／开口 (kāikǒu, “open-mouthed”)


陰

→ Proto-Tai: *rɤmᴮ (“shade”)

desc

Thai: ร่ม (rôm, “shade, umbrella, parachute”)

According to Shuowen, a phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *qrɯm): semantic 阜 + phonetic 侌 (yīn).
From Proto-Sino-Tibetan *r(u/i)m (“dark; shade; dusk; twilight”); compare Tibetan རུམ (rum, “darkness”), Jingpho rim (“to be dusk”) (Benedict, 1972; Bodman, 1980; STEDT).
Schuessler (2007) compares it instead to Burmese အုံ့ (um., “to become overcast”), Adi mugyum (“shade; shadow”), Lepcha ᰠᰨᰌᰤᰪᰮ (so-dyŭm, “shade”).

cog

阴
侌
𠊺
𣍤
𤽎
阥
𨹉
隂
𨻔
𨼖
𨽙
𨽭
𨹩
𩃬
𣱙
𢉩
𠆭

(Chinese phonetics, of a syllable) open; not having a consonant coda


陽

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (陽):
* → Japanese: 陽(よう) (yō)
* → Korean: 양(陽) (yang)
* → Vietnamese: dương (陽)

Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *laŋ) and ideogrammic compound (會意 /会意): semantic 阜 (“hill”) + phonetic 昜 (OC *laŋ, “sunshine”) – sun shining on a hill.
Either Sino-Tibetan or a Mainland Southeast Asian (MSEA) Wanderwort; compare Burmese လင်း (lang:, “bright”), Lepcha ᰣᰦᰜᰩᰵ (a-lóṅ, “reflective light”), Thai ปลั่ง (bplàng, “bright; shiny”) (Schuessler, 2007).
STEDT provisionally sets up Proto-Kuki-Chin *klaaŋ-I, klaan-II (“shine; light; bright”) and compares it to the following:
* 陽 (OC *laŋ, “sunshine”)
* 景 (OC *kraŋʔ, “bright; scenery”)
* 鏡 (OC *kraŋs, “mirror”)
* 亮 (OC *raŋs, “bright”)
* 章 (OC *kjaŋ, “brilliant, splendid; rule; emblem; display (v.)”)

och-l

阳
𣆄
氜
阦
𨹈
𥌖
𨼗
𨼘
𨼡
𨽐
羊

(Chinese phonetics, of a syllable) closed with a nasal consonantal coda


音

Characters in the same phonetic series (音) (Zhengzhang, 2003)
Ideogram (指事): 言 (“word”) with something in 口 (“mouth”) written like 甘 – sound coming from the mouth. The vertical trait, that used to represent the body of the tongue, then disappeared as in 言, and 甘 was stylized as 曰.

Han etyl

京音

潮音

中古音

方音

陽江音

阳江音


韻

Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *ɢʷɯns): semantic 音 + phonetic 員 (OC *ɢon, *ɢun).

Han compound

(linguistics) rhyme; rime; final sound of a syllable (in a syllabic language)

(linguistics) rhyme group (in a rime dictionary)


體

Phono-semantic compound (形聲 /形声, OC *r̥ʰiːʔ): semantic 骨 (“bone”) + phonetic 豊 (OC *riːʔ).
From Proto-Sino-Tibetan *sri (“to exist”) (Benedict, 1976); cognate with Proto-Tibeto-Burman *s-ri(t), whence Tibetan སྲིད་པ (srid pa) and Burmese ရှိ (hri., “to be, to exist”).
Schuessler (2007) derives Proto-Sino-Tibetan *sreŋ (“live, alive, green, raw”) from this root, yet points out that 生 (OC *sʰleːŋ, *sreŋs)'s initial *sr- cluster was retained instead of becoming voiceless /r̥/ as in 體 (OC *r̥ʰiːʔ), possibly owing to re-analysis of *s- as a causative prefix.

cog

進行體

进行体

(Mainland China, grammar) aspect of a verb


品詞

/pʰin²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/pʰin²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/


動詞

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (動詞):
* → Japanese: 動(どう)詞(し) (dōshi)
* → Korean: 동사(動詞) (dongsa)
* → Vietnamese: động từ (動詞)

→ Zhuang: dungswz

/tʊŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/tʊŋ²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/tʰuŋ²⁴ t͡sʰɨ¹¹/

/tʰuŋ⁵³ t͡sʰɨ⁵⁵/

/tɒŋ¹¹ ɬo¹³/

/tɒŋ²¹ ɬo²⁴/

/tɔŋ²²⁻²¹ su²⁴/

/tɔŋ³³⁻¹¹ su²⁴/

/tɔŋ³³⁻²¹ su²³/

/tɔŋ²²⁻²¹ su¹³/

/tɔŋ²² sɯ²⁴/

/tʊŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/tʊŋ²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/tʰuŋ²⁴ t͡sʰɨ¹¹/

/tʰuŋ⁵³ t͡sʰɨ⁵⁵/

/tɒŋ¹¹ ɬo¹³/

/tɒŋ²¹ ɬo²⁴/

/tɔŋ²²⁻²¹ su²⁴/

/tɔŋ³³⁻¹¹ su²⁴/

/tɔŋ³³⁻²¹ su²³/

/tɔŋ²²⁻²¹ su¹³/

/tɔŋ²² sɯ²⁴/

be動詞／be动词


摩擦音

/mu̯ɔ³⁵ t͡sʰä⁵⁵ in⁵⁵/

/mɔː⁵⁵ t͡sʰaːt̚³ jɐm⁵⁵/

/mu̯ɔ³⁵ t͡sʰä⁵⁵ in⁵⁵/

/mɔː⁵⁵ t͡sʰaːt̚³ jɐm⁵⁵/


破裂音

/pʰu̯ɔ⁵¹⁻⁵³ li̯ɛ⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/pʰɔː³³ liːt̚² jɐm⁵⁵/

/pʰu̯ɔ⁵¹⁻⁵³ li̯ɛ⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/pʰɔː³³ liːt̚² jɐm⁵⁵/

(phonetics) Alternative name for 塞音 (sèyīn, “plosive”).


鼻音

Sino-Xenic (鼻音):
* → Japanese: 鼻音(びおん) (bion)
* → Korean: 비음(鼻音) (bieum)

/pʰi⁴¹⁻²² im³³/

/pʰĩ³³⁻²¹ im⁴⁴/

/pʰĩ²²⁻²¹ im⁴⁴/

/pʰĩ³³⁻¹¹ im⁴⁴/

/pʰi⁴¹⁻²² im³³/

/pʰĩ³³⁻²¹ im⁴⁴/

/pʰĩ²²⁻²¹ im⁴⁴/

/pʰĩ³³⁻¹¹ im⁴⁴/


舌音

/t͡sʰiʔ⁴⁻² im³³/

/t͡sʰiʔ⁴⁻² im³³/


字母

/t͡sz̩⁵¹ mu²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/t͡sz̩⁵¹ muɻʷ²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/t͡si²⁴²⁻⁵³ mo³³/

/li³³⁻¹¹ bu⁵³/

/li⁴¹⁻²² bu⁵⁵⁴/

/li²²⁻²¹ bu⁵³/

/zi³³⁻²¹ bɤ⁴¹/

/d͡zi²²⁻²¹ bo⁵³/

/zi³³⁻²¹ bu⁴¹/

/t͡sz̩⁵¹ mu²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/t͡sz̩⁵¹ muɻʷ²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/t͡si²⁴²⁻⁵³ mo³³/

/li³³⁻¹¹ bu⁵³/

/li⁴¹⁻²² bu⁵⁵⁴/

/li²²⁻²¹ bu⁵³/

/zi³³⁻²¹ bɤ⁴¹/

/d͡zi²²⁻²¹ bo⁵³/

/zi³³⁻²¹ bu⁴¹/

三十六字母

(Chinese phonetics) character representing an initial consonant


謹賀新年

ㄐㄧㄣˇ ㄏㄜˋ ㄒㄧㄣ ㄋㄧㄢˊ

ㄐㄧㄣˇ ㄏㄜˋ ㄒㄧㄣ ㄋㄧㄢˊ

цзиньхэсиньнянь

/t͡ɕin²¹⁴⁻²¹ xɤ⁵¹ ɕin⁵⁵ ni̯ɛn³⁵/

/t͡ɕin²¹⁴⁻²¹ xɤ⁵¹ ɕin⁵⁵ ni̯ɛn³⁵/


聲調

/ʂɤŋ⁵⁵ ti̯ɑʊ̯⁵¹/

/ʂɤŋ⁵⁵ ti̯aʊ̯ɻʷ⁵¹/

/sɪŋ⁵⁵ tiːu̯²²/

/saŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ tʰi̯au̯⁵⁵/

/ʃaŋ⁵³ tʰiau³³/

/siŋ⁵⁵⁻⁵³ ⁽ᵗ⁻⁾niɛu²⁴²/

/siã⁴⁴⁻²² tiau²²/

/siã⁴⁴⁻²² tiau²²/

/siã⁴⁴⁻³³ tiau³³/

/siã⁴⁴⁻³³ tiau³³/

/sĩã³³⁻²³ tiau¹¹/

/sən⁵⁵ diɔ²¹/

/ʂɤŋ⁵⁵ ti̯ɑʊ̯⁵¹/

/ʂɤŋ⁵⁵ ti̯aʊ̯ɻʷ⁵¹/

/sɪŋ⁵⁵ tiːu̯²²/

/saŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ tʰi̯au̯⁵⁵/

/ʃaŋ⁵³ tʰiau³³/

/siŋ⁵⁵⁻⁵³ ⁽ᵗ⁻⁾niɛu²⁴²/

/siã⁴⁴⁻²² tiau²²/

/siã⁴⁴⁻²² tiau²²/

/siã⁴⁴⁻³³ tiau³³/

/siã⁴⁴⁻³³ tiau³³/

/sĩã³³⁻²³ tiau¹¹/

/sən⁵⁵ diɔ²¹/

the role of tone in Chinese syllable perception

shēngdiào zài hànyǔ yīnjié gǎnzhī zhōng de zuòyòng

聲調在漢語音節感知中的作用

声调在汉语音节感知中的作用


冠詞

Sino-Xenic (冠詞):
* → Japanese: 冠詞(かんし) (kanshi)
* → Korean: 관사(冠詞) (gwansa)
* → Vietnamese: quán từ (冠詞)

/ku̯än⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/kuːn³³ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/kuaŋ²¹³⁻⁵⁵ ⁽ˢ⁻⁾ny⁵³/

/kuø³³ zz̩⁴⁴/

/ku̯än⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/kuːn³³ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/kuaŋ²¹³⁻⁵⁵ ⁽ˢ⁻⁾ny⁵³/

/kuø³³ zz̩⁴⁴/

(grammar) article (such as the words “the” and “a/an”)


形容詞

ㄒㄧㄥˊ ㄖㄨㄥˊ ㄘˊ

ㄒㄧㄥˊ ㄖㄨㄥˊ ㄘˊ

/ɕiŋ³⁵ ʐʊŋ³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/jɪŋ²¹ jʊŋ²¹ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/jen²² jɵŋ²² ɬu²²/

/hin¹¹ i̯uŋ¹¹ t͡sʰɨ¹¹/

/hin⁵⁵ ʒuŋ⁵⁵ t͡sʰɨ⁵⁵/

hing² oeng² so² [Phonetic:hing⁵ oeng⁵ so²]

/hiŋ¹³⁻¹¹ œŋ¹³⁻¹¹ ɬo¹³/

hing² yoeng² so² [Phonetic:hing⁵ yoeng⁵ so²]

/hiŋ²⁴⁻²¹ yøŋ²⁴⁻²¹ ɬo²⁴/

/hiɪŋ²³⁻³³ iɔŋ²³⁻³³ su²³/

/hiɪŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ iɔŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ su²⁴/

/ɕiŋ³⁵ ʐʊŋ³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/jɪŋ²¹ jʊŋ²¹ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/jen²² jɵŋ²² ɬu²²/

/hin¹¹ i̯uŋ¹¹ t͡sʰɨ¹¹/

/hin⁵⁵ ʒuŋ⁵⁵ t͡sʰɨ⁵⁵/

/hiŋ¹³⁻¹¹ œŋ¹³⁻¹¹ ɬo¹³/

/hiŋ²⁴⁻²¹ yøŋ²⁴⁻²¹ ɬo²⁴/

/hiɪŋ²³⁻³³ iɔŋ²³⁻³³ su²³/

/hiɪŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ iɔŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ su²⁴/


語彙

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ xu̯eɪ̯⁵¹/

/jyː¹³ wuːi̯²²/

/jyː¹³ wɐi̯²²/

/ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ hue²²/

/ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ hue⁴¹/

/ɡi⁵³⁻⁴⁴ hue²²/

/ɡi⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ lui³³/

/ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ lui³³/

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ xu̯eɪ̯⁵¹/

/jyː¹³ wuːi̯²²/

/jyː¹³ wɐi̯²²/

/ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ hue²²/

/ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ hue⁴¹/

/ɡi⁵³⁻⁴⁴ hue²²/

/ɡi⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ lui³³/

/ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ lui³³/

(linguistics, semantics) vocabulary; lexicon


名詞

Sino-Xenic (名詞):
* → Japanese: 名(めい)詞(し) (meishi)
* → Korean: 명사(名詞) (myeongsa)
* → Vietnamese: danh từ (名詞)

/miŋ³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/mɪŋ²¹ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/mi̯aŋ¹¹ t͡sʰɨ¹¹/

/miaŋ⁵⁵ t͡sʰɨ⁵⁵/

/miŋ¹³⁻¹¹ ɬo¹³/

/miŋ²⁴⁻²¹ ɬo²⁴/

/biɪŋ²⁴⁻²² sɯ²⁴/

/miã²⁴⁻¹¹ su²⁴/

/miã²³⁻³³ su²³/

/biɪŋ²³⁻³³ su²³/

/biɪŋ¹³⁻²² su¹³/

/biɪŋ²⁴⁻²² su²⁴/

/biɪŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ su²⁴/

/meŋ⁵⁵⁻¹¹ sɯ⁵⁵/

/miŋ³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/mɪŋ²¹ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/mi̯aŋ¹¹ t͡sʰɨ¹¹/

/miaŋ⁵⁵ t͡sʰɨ⁵⁵/

/miŋ¹³⁻¹¹ ɬo¹³/

/miŋ²⁴⁻²¹ ɬo²⁴/

/biɪŋ²⁴⁻²² sɯ²⁴/

/miã²⁴⁻¹¹ su²⁴/

/miã²³⁻³³ su²³/

/biɪŋ²³⁻³³ su²³/

/biɪŋ¹³⁻²² su¹³/

/biɪŋ²⁴⁻²² su²⁴/

/biɪŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ su²⁴/

/meŋ⁵⁵⁻¹¹ sɯ⁵⁵/


一致

/i⁵⁵⁻³⁵ ʈ͡ʂʐ̩⁵¹/

/jɐt̚⁵ t͡siː³³/

/it̚² t͡sɨ⁵⁵/

/it̚³²⁻⁴ ti²¹/

/it̚⁵⁻²⁴ ti⁴¹/

/it̚³²⁻⁵ ti²¹/

/it̚³²⁻⁴ ti¹¹/

/it̚³²⁻⁴ ti²¹/

/t͡sek̚⁴⁻² ti²¹³/

/iɪʔ³³ t͡sz̩⁴⁴/

/i⁵⁵⁻³⁵ ʈ͡ʂʐ̩⁵¹/

/jɐt̚⁵ t͡siː³³/

/it̚² t͡sɨ⁵⁵/

/it̚³²⁻⁴ ti²¹/

/it̚⁵⁻²⁴ ti⁴¹/

/it̚³²⁻⁵ ti²¹/

/it̚³²⁻⁴ ti¹¹/

/it̚³²⁻⁴ ti²¹/

/t͡sek̚⁴⁻² ti²¹³/

/iɪʔ³³ t͡sz̩⁴⁴/

(linguistics, grammar) agreement; grammatical agreement; concord


一般

/i⁵⁵⁻⁵¹ pän⁵⁵/

/i⁵⁵⁻⁵¹ pɑɻ⁵⁵/

/it̚³²⁻⁴ puã⁴⁴/

/it̚⁵⁻²⁴ puã³³/

/it̚³²⁻⁵ puã⁴⁴/

/it̚³²⁻⁴ pan⁴⁴/

/it̚⁵⁻²⁴ pan³³/

/it̚³²⁻⁵ pan⁴⁴/

/t͡sit̚²⁴⁻² puã³³/

/t͡sit̚⁴⁻³² puã⁴⁴/

/t͡sit̚¹²¹⁻²¹ puã⁴⁴/

/t͡sek̚⁴⁻² pũã³³/

/iɪʔ³³ pe⁴⁴/

/i⁵⁵⁻⁵¹ pän⁵⁵/

/i⁵⁵⁻⁵¹ pɑɻ⁵⁵/

/it̚³²⁻⁴ puã⁴⁴/

/it̚⁵⁻²⁴ puã³³/

/it̚³²⁻⁵ puã⁴⁴/

/it̚³²⁻⁴ pan⁴⁴/

/it̚⁵⁻²⁴ pan³³/

/it̚³²⁻⁵ pan⁴⁴/

/t͡sit̚²⁴⁻² puã³³/

/t͡sit̚⁴⁻³² puã⁴⁴/

/t͡sit̚¹²¹⁻²¹ puã⁴⁴/

/t͡sek̚⁴⁻² pũã³³/

/iɪʔ³³ pe⁴⁴/


音素

/im⁴⁴⁻²² sɔ²¹/

/im⁴⁴⁻²² sɔ²¹/


音譯

/jɐm⁵⁵ jɪk̚²/

/im⁴⁴⁻³³ iɪk̚⁴/

/im⁴⁴⁻²² iɪk̚⁴/

/in⁵⁵ ɦiɪʔ²¹/

/jɐm⁵⁵ jɪk̚²/

/im⁴⁴⁻³³ iɪk̚⁴/

/im⁴⁴⁻²² iɪk̚⁴/

/in⁵⁵ ɦiɪʔ²¹/

(linguistics, translation studies) to transcribe a word, particularly into Chinese characters, from its original pronunciation


音譯

/jɐm⁵⁵ jɪk̚²/

/im⁴⁴⁻³³ iɪk̚⁴/

/im⁴⁴⁻²² iɪk̚⁴/

/in⁵⁵ ɦiɪʔ²¹/

/jɐm⁵⁵ jɪk̚²/

/im⁴⁴⁻³³ iɪk̚⁴/

/im⁴⁴⁻²² iɪk̚⁴/

/in⁵⁵ ɦiɪʔ²¹/

2023 August 9, 陳昭宏, “聽媽媽的準沒錯? 美華裔水手遭吸收成間諜 竟因她稱有機會在中國工作”, in Newtalk新聞:

Chinese-American Navy sailors 魏金超 (Jinchao Patrick Wei, [characters] transliterated from English) and 趙文恆 (Wenheng Thomas Zhao, [characters] transliterated from English)

huáyì hǎijūn shìbīng Wèi Jīnchāo (Jinchao Patrick Wei, yīnyì) yǔ Zhào Wénhéng (Wenheng Thomas Zhao, yīnyì)

華裔海軍士兵魏金超（Jinchao Patrick Wei，音譯）與趙文恆（Wenheng Thomas Zhao，音譯）

华裔海军士兵魏金超（Jinchao Patrick Wei，音译）与赵文恒（Wenheng Thomas Zhao，音译）

(linguistics, translation studies) transcription, particularly into Chinese characters

(linguistics, translation studies, proscribed) transliteration


語調

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ ti̯ɑʊ̯⁵¹/

/jyː¹³ tiːu̯²²/

/ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ tiau⁴¹/

/ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ tiau²²/

/ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ tiau³³/

/ɡi⁵³⁻⁴⁴ tiau²²/

/ɡi⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ tiau³³/

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ ti̯ɑʊ̯⁵¹/

/jyː¹³ tiːu̯²²/

/ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ tiau⁴¹/

/ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ tiau²²/

/ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ tiau³³/

/ɡi⁵³⁻⁴⁴ tiau²²/

/ɡi⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ tiau³³/


形容動詞

ㄒㄧㄥˊ ㄖㄨㄥˊ ㄉㄨㄥˋ ㄘˊ

ㄒㄧㄥˊ ㄖㄨㄥˊ ㄉㄨㄥˋ ㄘˊ

синжун дунцы

/ɕiŋ³⁵ ʐʊŋ³⁵ tʊŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/ɕiŋ³⁵ ʐʊŋ³⁵ tʊŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

(grammar) adjectival noun (in Japanese grammar)


複數

/fu⁵¹⁻⁵³ ʂu⁵¹/

/fu⁵¹⁻⁵³ ʂuɻʷ⁵¹/

/hɔk̚³²⁻⁴ sɔ²¹/

/hɔk̚³²⁻⁴ sɔ¹¹/

/hɔk̚⁴⁻³² sɔ¹¹/

/hɔk̚⁴⁻³² sɔ²¹/

/fu⁵¹⁻⁵³ ʂu⁵¹/

/fu⁵¹⁻⁵³ ʂuɻʷ⁵¹/

/hɔk̚³²⁻⁴ sɔ²¹/

/hɔk̚³²⁻⁴ sɔ¹¹/

/hɔk̚⁴⁻³² sɔ¹¹/

/hɔk̚⁴⁻³² sɔ²¹/


介詞

/t͡ɕi̯ɛ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/kaːi̯³³ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/kai⁴²⁻⁵⁵ ɬo²⁴/

/t͡ɕi̯ɛ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/kaːi̯³³ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/kai⁴²⁻⁵⁵ ɬo²⁴/


變形詞

ㄅㄧㄢˋ ㄒㄧㄥˊ ㄘˊ

ㄅㄧㄢˋ ㄒㄧㄥˊ ㄘˊ

/pi̯ɛn⁵¹ ɕiŋ³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/pi̯ɛn⁵¹ ɕiŋ³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/


形態學

ㄒㄧㄥˊ ㄊㄞˋ ㄒㄩㄝˊ

ㄒㄧㄥˊ ㄊㄞˋ ㄒㄩㄝˊ

/ɕiŋ³⁵ tʰaɪ̯⁵¹ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/jɪŋ²¹ tʰaːi̯³³ hɔːk̚²/

/ɕiŋ³⁵ tʰaɪ̯⁵¹ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/jɪŋ²¹ tʰaːi̯³³ hɔːk̚²/

(linguistics, biology, geology, mathematics) morphology


語音學

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ in⁵⁵ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/jyː¹³ jɐm⁵⁵ hɔːk̚²/

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ in⁵⁵ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/jyː¹³ jɐm⁵⁵ hɔːk̚²/


語法學

/y²¹⁴⁻³⁵ fä²¹⁴⁻²¹ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/jyː¹³ faːt̚³ hɔːk̚²/

/y²¹⁴⁻³⁵ fä²¹⁴⁻²¹ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/jyː¹³ faːt̚³ hɔːk̚²/

(linguistics) grammar; morphosyntax (study)


語義學

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ i⁵¹ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/jyː¹³ jiː²² hɔːk̚²/

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ i⁵¹ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/jyː¹³ jiː²² hɔːk̚²/


連濁

/li̯ɛn³⁵ ʈ͡ʂu̯ɔ³⁵/

/li̯ɛn³⁵ ʈ͡ʂu̯ɔ³⁵/

Orthographic borrowing from Japanese 連(れん)濁(だく) (rendaku, “sequential voicing”)


奪格

/tu̯ɔ³⁵ kɤ³⁵/

/tu̯ɔ³⁵ kɤ³⁵/


量詞

/li̯ɑŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/lœːŋ²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/lyɒŋ¹¹ ɬo¹³/

/lyøŋ²¹ ɬo²⁴/

/liɔŋ²²⁻²¹ su²⁴/

/liɔŋ⁴¹⁻²² sɯ²⁴/

/liaŋ²²⁻²¹ su¹³/

/liaŋ⁵⁵⁻¹¹ sɯ⁵⁵/

/li̯ɑŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/lœːŋ²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/lyɒŋ¹¹ ɬo¹³/

/lyøŋ²¹ ɬo²⁴/

/liɔŋ²²⁻²¹ su²⁴/

/liɔŋ⁴¹⁻²² sɯ²⁴/

/liaŋ²²⁻²¹ su¹³/

/liaŋ⁵⁵⁻¹¹ sɯ⁵⁵/

專用動量詞

動量詞／动量词 (dòngliàngcí)

专用动量词

動量詞／动量词 (dòngliàngcí)

借用動量詞

動量詞／动量词 (dòngliàngcí)

借用动量词

動量詞／动量词 (dòngliàngcí)

(grammar) classifier; measure word; numerary adjunct (Classifier: 個／个 m)


離合詞

/li³⁵ xɤ³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/li³⁵ xɤ³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/


兒化

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (兒化):
* → Korean: 아화(兒化) (ahwa)
* → Vietnamese: nhi hóa (兒化)

→ English: erhua

→ Japanese: 児(ある)化(か) (aruka)

→ Zhuang: wzva

/ˀɤɻ³⁵ xu̯ä⁵¹/

/jiː²¹ faː³³/

/ˀɤɻ³⁵ xu̯ä⁵¹/

/jiː²¹ faː³³/

(Chinese phonetics) erhua (to undergo erhua; to have the 兒-sound (/ɻ/, /n/, /ŋ/) added to syllables to form diminutives)


人稱

/ʐən³⁵ ʈ͡ʂʰɤŋ⁵⁵/

/jɐn²¹ t͡sʰɪŋ⁵⁵/

/zin²³⁻³³ t͡sʰiɪŋ⁴⁴/

/d͡zin¹³⁻²² t͡sʰiɪŋ⁴⁴/

/lin²⁴⁻²² t͡sʰiɪŋ⁴⁴/

/lin²⁴⁻¹¹ t͡sʰiɪŋ⁴⁴/

/lin²⁴⁻²² t͡sʰiɪŋ³³/

/ʐən³⁵ ʈ͡ʂʰɤŋ⁵⁵/

/jɐn²¹ t͡sʰɪŋ⁵⁵/

/zin²³⁻³³ t͡sʰiɪŋ⁴⁴/

/d͡zin¹³⁻²² t͡sʰiɪŋ⁴⁴/

/lin²⁴⁻²² t͡sʰiɪŋ⁴⁴/

/lin²⁴⁻¹¹ t͡sʰiɪŋ⁴⁴/

/lin²⁴⁻²² t͡sʰiɪŋ³³/


簡樸

/t͡ɕi̯ɛn²¹⁴⁻³⁵ pʰu²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/t͡ɕi̯ɛn²¹⁴⁻²¹ pʰu³⁵/

/kaːn³⁵ pʰɔːk̚³/

/kan⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ pʰɔk̚⁵/

/kan⁵³⁻⁴⁴ pʰɔk̚³²/

/t͡ɕi̯ɛn²¹⁴⁻³⁵ pʰu²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/t͡ɕi̯ɛn²¹⁴⁻²¹ pʰu³⁵/

/kaːn³⁵ pʰɔːk̚³/

/kan⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ pʰɔk̚⁵/

/kan⁵³⁻⁴⁴ pʰɔk̚³²/

(of a way of life, clothing, language, etc.) simple; plain; unadorned


衛星

Sino-Xenic (衛星):
* → Japanese: 衛星(えいせい) (eisei)
* → Korean: 위성(衛星) (wiseong)
* → Vietnamese: vệ tinh (衛星)

/weɪ̯⁵¹ ɕiŋ⁵⁵/

/weɪ̯⁵¹ ɕiɤ̯̃ɻ⁵⁵/

/wɐi̯²² sɪŋ⁵⁵/

/ui²⁴²⁻⁵⁵ ⁽ˢ⁻⁾liŋ⁵⁵/

/e¹¹ ɬiŋ⁵³³/

/e²¹ ɬiŋ⁵⁴⁴/

/ue³³⁻¹¹ t͡sʰĩ⁴⁴/

/ue⁴¹⁻²² t͡sʰĩ³³/

/ue²²⁻²¹ t͡sʰĩ⁴⁴/

/ue³³⁻¹¹ t͡sʰẽ⁴⁴/

/ue²²⁻²¹ t͡sʰɛ̃⁴⁴/

/ue³³⁻²¹ t͡sʰẽ⁴⁴/

/ui³³⁻¹¹ t͡sʰĩ⁴⁴/

/ui³³⁻²¹ t͡sʰẽ⁴⁴/

/ue²²⁻²¹ siɪŋ⁴⁴/

/ue³³⁻¹¹ siɪŋ⁴⁴/

/ue⁴¹⁻²² siɪŋ³³/

/ue³⁵⁻¹¹ t͡sʰẽ³³/

/ɦue²² ɕin⁴⁴/

/weɪ̯⁵¹ ɕiŋ⁵⁵/

/weɪ̯⁵¹ ɕiɤ̯̃ɻ⁵⁵/

/wɐi̯²² sɪŋ⁵⁵/

/ui²⁴²⁻⁵⁵ ⁽ˢ⁻⁾liŋ⁵⁵/

/e¹¹ ɬiŋ⁵³³/

/e²¹ ɬiŋ⁵⁴⁴/

/ue³³⁻¹¹ t͡sʰĩ⁴⁴/

/ue⁴¹⁻²² t͡sʰĩ³³/

/ue²²⁻²¹ t͡sʰĩ⁴⁴/

/ue³³⁻¹¹ t͡sʰẽ⁴⁴/

/ue²²⁻²¹ t͡sʰɛ̃⁴⁴/

/ue³³⁻²¹ t͡sʰẽ⁴⁴/

/ui³³⁻¹¹ t͡sʰĩ⁴⁴/

/ui³³⁻²¹ t͡sʰẽ⁴⁴/

/ue²²⁻²¹ siɪŋ⁴⁴/

/ue³³⁻¹¹ siɪŋ⁴⁴/

/ue⁴¹⁻²² siɪŋ³³/

/ue³⁵⁻¹¹ t͡sʰẽ³³/

/ɦue²² ɕin⁴⁴/

“Satellite” in the grammar sense is a semantic loan from English satellite.


譯者

/i⁵¹ ʈ͡ʂɤ²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/jɪk̚² t͡sɛː³⁵/

/iɪk̚⁴⁻³² t͡sia⁵³/

/iɪk̚⁴⁻³² t͡sia⁴¹/

/i⁵¹ ʈ͡ʂɤ²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/jɪk̚² t͡sɛː³⁵/

/iɪk̚⁴⁻³² t͡sia⁵³/

/iɪk̚⁴⁻³² t͡sia⁴¹/

譯者隱身

译者隐身

(translation studies) translator (of written texts)


高潮

/kɑʊ̯⁵⁵ ʈ͡ʂʰɑʊ̯³⁵/

/kou̯⁵⁵ t͡sʰiːu̯²¹/

/kɤ⁴⁴⁻³³ tiau⁴⁴/

/kɤ⁴⁴⁻³³ tiau²³/

/ko⁴⁴⁻²² tio¹³/

/kɑʊ̯⁵⁵ ʈ͡ʂʰɑʊ̯³⁵/

/kou̯⁵⁵ t͡sʰiːu̯²¹/

/kɤ⁴⁴⁻³³ tiau⁴⁴/

/kɤ⁴⁴⁻³³ tiau²³/

/ko⁴⁴⁻²² tio¹³/

The fifth scene was the climax of the play.

第五場是全劇的高潮。

第五场是全剧的高潮。

(figuratively, narratology) climax; turning point (Classifier: 個／个; 次)


形態

/ɕiŋ³⁵ tʰaɪ̯⁵¹/

/jɪŋ²¹ tʰaːi̯³³/

/hiɪŋ²⁴⁻²² tʰai²¹/

/hiɪŋ²⁴⁻²² tʰai⁴¹/

/hiɪŋ¹³⁻²² tʰai²¹/

/hiɪŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ tʰai¹¹/

/hiɪŋ²³⁻³³ tʰai²¹/

/heŋ⁵⁵⁻¹¹ tʰai²¹³/

/ɕiŋ³⁵ tʰaɪ̯⁵¹/

/jɪŋ²¹ tʰaːi̯³³/

/hiɪŋ²⁴⁻²² tʰai²¹/

/hiɪŋ²⁴⁻²² tʰai⁴¹/

/hiɪŋ¹³⁻²² tʰai²¹/

/hiɪŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ tʰai¹¹/

/hiɪŋ²³⁻³³ tʰai²¹/

/heŋ⁵⁵⁻¹¹ tʰai²¹³/


副詞

/fu⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/fuː³³ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/fu⁵⁵ t͡sʰɨ¹¹/

/fu¹¹ t͡sʰɨ⁵⁵/

/hu⁴²⁻⁵⁵ ɬo²⁴/

/hu¹¹⁻⁵³ su²⁴/

/hu²¹⁻⁵³ su²⁴/

/hu²¹⁻⁴¹ su²³/

/fu⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/fuː³³ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/fu⁵⁵ t͡sʰɨ¹¹/

/fu¹¹ t͡sʰɨ⁵⁵/

/hu⁴²⁻⁵⁵ ɬo²⁴/

/hu¹¹⁻⁵³ su²⁴/

/hu²¹⁻⁵³ su²⁴/

/hu²¹⁻⁴¹ su²³/


助動詞

/ʈ͡ʂu⁵¹⁻⁵³ tʊŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/t͡sɔː²² tʊŋ²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/t͡sɔ²²⁻²¹ tɔŋ²²⁻²¹ su²⁴/

/t͡sɔ⁴¹⁻²² tɔŋ⁴¹⁻²² su²⁴/

/t͡sɔ²²⁻²¹ tɔŋ²²⁻²¹ su¹³/

/t͡sɔ³³⁻¹¹ tɔŋ³³⁻¹¹ su²⁴/

/t͡sɔ³³⁻²¹ tɔŋ³³⁻²¹ su²³/

/ʈ͡ʂu⁵¹⁻⁵³ tʊŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/t͡sɔː²² tʊŋ²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/t͡sɔ²²⁻²¹ tɔŋ²²⁻²¹ su²⁴/

/t͡sɔ⁴¹⁻²² tɔŋ⁴¹⁻²² su²⁴/

/t͡sɔ²²⁻²¹ tɔŋ²²⁻²¹ su¹³/

/t͡sɔ³³⁻¹¹ tɔŋ³³⁻¹¹ su²⁴/

/t͡sɔ³³⁻²¹ tɔŋ³³⁻²¹ su²³/


代名詞

Sino-Xenic (代名詞):
* → Japanese: 代(だい)名(めい)詞(し) (daimeishi)
* → Korean: 대명사(代名詞) (daemyeongsa)
* → Vietnamese: đại danh từ (代名詞)

/taɪ̯⁵¹ miŋ³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/tɔːi̯²² mɪŋ²¹ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/tai²²⁻²¹ biɪŋ¹³⁻²² su¹³/

/tai²²⁻²¹ biɪŋ²⁴⁻²² su²⁴/

/tai³³⁻²¹ biɪŋ²³⁻³³ su²³/

/tai³³⁻¹¹ biɪŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ su²⁴/

/tai⁴¹⁻²² biɪŋ²⁴⁻²² sɯ²⁴/

/taɪ̯⁵¹ miŋ³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/tɔːi̯²² mɪŋ²¹ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/tai²²⁻²¹ biɪŋ¹³⁻²² su¹³/

/tai²²⁻²¹ biɪŋ²⁴⁻²² su²⁴/

/tai³³⁻²¹ biɪŋ²³⁻³³ su²³/

/tai³³⁻¹¹ biɪŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ su²⁴/

/tai⁴¹⁻²² biɪŋ²⁴⁻²² sɯ²⁴/

1954, Lü Shuxiang, 《关于汉语词类的一些原则性问题》 [Some Fundamental Issues Concerning the Parts of Speech in Chinese], in 《中国语文》, →ISSN

Bǐrú, bǎ dàimíngcí cóng míngcí lǐ fēn chūlái, ànzhào yījùbiànpǐn de lǐlùn shì méiyǒu gēnjù de, yīnwèi míngcí hé dàimíngcí dōu shì kěyǐ zuò zhǔyǔ hé bīnyǔ de cí.

比如，把代名詞從名詞裡分出來，按照依句辨品的理論是沒有根據的，因為名詞和代名詞都是可以作主語和賓語的詞。

比如，把代名词从名词里分出来，按照依句辨品的理论是没有根据的，因为名词和代名词都是可以作主语和宾语的词。

In the eyes of many Chinese mainlanders, the way Taiwanese people speak is always synonymous to "effiminate."

2019 March 26, 郑子宁 (Zhen Zining), 《台湾腔为什么这么“娘”》, in 《国防时报》, page 21

Zài bùshào dàlùrén yǎnzhōng, táiwānrén de shuōhuà fāngshì yīzhí shì “niáng” de dàimíngcí.

在不少大陸人眼中，臺灣人的說話方式一直是「娘」的代名詞。

在不少大陆人眼中，台湾人的说话方式一直是「娘」的代名词。


子音

/t͡sz̩²¹⁴⁻²¹ in⁵⁵/

/t͡sz̩⁵¹ iŋ²⁴/

/t͡siː³⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/

/t͡su⁵³⁻⁴⁴ im⁴⁴/

/t͡su⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ im⁴⁴/

/t͡sz̩²¹⁴⁻²¹ in⁵⁵/

/t͡sz̩⁵¹ iŋ²⁴/

/t͡siː³⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/

/t͡su⁵³⁻⁴⁴ im⁴⁴/

/t͡su⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ im⁴⁴/


自動詞

/t͡sz̩⁵¹⁻⁵³ tʊŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/t͡siː²² tʊŋ²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/t͡sz̩⁵¹⁻⁵³ tʊŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/t͡siː²² tʊŋ²² t͡sʰiː²¹/


他動詞

/tʰä⁵⁵ tʊŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/tʰaː⁵⁵ tʊŋ²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/tʰä⁵⁵ tʊŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/tʰaː⁵⁵ tʊŋ²² t͡sʰiː²¹/


主語

/ʈ͡ʂu²¹⁴⁻³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/ʈ͡ʂu⁵¹ y²⁴/

/t͡syː³⁵ jyː¹³/

/t͡su⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴/

/t͡su⁵³⁻⁴⁴ ɡu⁵³/

/t͡su⁵³⁻⁴⁴ ɡi⁵³/

/t͡su⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ ɡi⁴¹/

/ʈ͡ʂu²¹⁴⁻³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/ʈ͡ʂu⁵¹ y²⁴/

/t͡syː³⁵ jyː¹³/

/t͡su⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴/

/t͡su⁵³⁻⁴⁴ ɡu⁵³/

/t͡su⁵³⁻⁴⁴ ɡi⁵³/

/t͡su⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ ɡi⁴¹/


指示代名詞

ㄓˇ ㄕˋ ㄉㄞˋ ㄇㄧㄥˊ ㄘˊ

ㄓˇ ㄕˋ ㄉㄞˋ ㄇㄧㄥˊ ㄘˊ

чжиши дайминцы

/ʈ͡ʂʐ̩²¹⁴⁻²¹ ʂʐ̩⁵¹⁻⁵³ taɪ̯⁵¹ miŋ³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/t͡siː³⁵ siː²² tɔːi̯²² mɪŋ²¹ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/t͡siː³⁵ siː²² tɔːi̯²² mɪŋ²¹ t͡sʰiː²¹/

指示代詞 指示代詞#Chinese

指示代词 指示代词#Chinese

demonstrative pronoun
demonstrative pronoun

(grammar) synonym of 指示代詞 /指示代词 (zhǐshì dàicí, “demonstrative pronoun”)


時制

/ʂʐ̩³⁵ ʈ͡ʂʐ̩⁵¹/

/ʂʐ̩³⁵ ʈ͡ʂʐ̩⁵¹/

(grammar) tense (any of the forms of a verb which distinguish when an action or state of being occurs or exists; an inflected form of a verb that indicates tense)


疑問詞

/i³⁵ wən⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/jiː²¹ mɐn²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/i³⁵ wən⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/jiː²¹ mɐn²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

interrogative pronoun
interrogative pronoun

interrogative adverb
interrogative adverb

interrogative adjective
interrogative adjective

(grammar) Interrogatives or question words, including the interrogative pronoun, interrogative adverb, and interrogative adjective.


現在分詞

ㄒㄧㄢˋ ㄗㄞˋ ㄈㄣ ㄘˊ

ㄒㄧㄢˋ ㄗㄞˋ ㄈㄣ ㄘˊ

сяньцзай фэньцы

/ɕi̯ɛn⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡saɪ̯⁵¹ fən⁵⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/jiːn²² t͡sɔːi̯²² fɐn⁵⁵ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/ɕi̯ɛn⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡saɪ̯⁵¹ fən⁵⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/jiːn²² t͡sɔːi̯²² fɐn⁵⁵ t͡sʰiː²¹/


過去分詞

ㄍㄨㄛˋ ㄑㄩˋ ㄈㄣ ㄘˊ

ㄍㄨㄛˋ ㄑㄩˋ ㄈㄣ ㄘˊ

гоцюй фэньцы

/ku̯ɔ⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡ɕʰy⁵¹ fən⁵⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/kʷɔː³³ hɵy̯³³ fɐn⁵⁵ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/ku̯ɔ⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡ɕʰy⁵¹ fən⁵⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/kʷɔː³³ hɵy̯³³ fɐn⁵⁵ t͡sʰiː²¹/


分詞

/fən⁵⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/fɐn⁵⁵ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/fən⁵⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/fɐn⁵⁵ t͡sʰiː²¹/


不定詞

/pu⁵¹⁻³⁵ tiŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/pɐt̚⁵ tɪŋ²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/pu⁵¹⁻³⁵ tiŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/pɐt̚⁵ tɪŋ²² t͡sʰiː²¹/


比較級

ㄅㄧˇ ㄐㄧㄠˋ ㄐㄧˊ

ㄅㄧˇ ㄐㄧㄠˋ ㄐㄧˊ

/pi²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡ɕi̯ɑʊ̯⁵¹ t͡ɕi³⁵/

/pei̯³⁵ kaːu̯³³ kʰɐp̚⁵/

/pi²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡ɕi̯ɑʊ̯⁵¹ t͡ɕi³⁵/

/pei̯³⁵ kaːu̯³³ kʰɐp̚⁵/


具格

/t͡ɕy⁵¹ kɤ³⁵/

/kɵy̯²² kaːk̚³/

/t͡ɕy⁵¹ kɤ³⁵/

/kɵy̯²² kaːk̚³/


和製英語

ㄏㄜˊ ㄓˋ ㄧㄥ ㄩˇ

ㄏㄜˊ ㄓˋ ㄧㄥ ㄩˇ

/xɤ³⁵ ʈ͡ʂʐ̩⁵¹ iŋ⁵⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/wɔː²¹ t͡sɐi̯³³ jɪŋ⁵⁵ jyː¹³/

/xɤ³⁵ ʈ͡ʂʐ̩⁵¹ iŋ⁵⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/wɔː²¹ t͡sɐi̯³³ jɪŋ⁵⁵ jyː¹³/

(linguistics) Japanese pseudo-anglicisms; Engrish; Japlish


濁點

/ʈ͡ʂu̯ɔ³⁵ ti̯ɛn²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/ʈ͡ʂu̯ɔ³⁵ ti̯ɛn²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

(linguistics) voicing mark in Japanese kanas (◌゙)


死語

/sz̩²¹⁴⁻³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/sz̩²¹⁴⁻³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/


濁音

Sino-Xenic (濁音):
* → Japanese: 濁音(だくおん) (dakuon)
* → Korean: 탁음(濁音) (tageum)
* → Vietnamese: trọc âm (濁音)

/ʈ͡ʂu̯ɔ³⁵ in⁵⁵/

/t͡sʊk̚² jɐm⁵⁵/

/ʈ͡ʂu̯ɔ³⁵ in⁵⁵/

/t͡sʊk̚² jɐm⁵⁵/


與格

Sino-Xenic (與格):
* → Japanese: 与(よ)格(かく) (yokaku)
* → Korean: 여격(與格) (yeogyeok)

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ kɤ³⁵/

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ kɤ³⁵/


感嘆詞

/kän²¹⁴⁻²¹ tʰän⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/kɐm³⁵ tʰaːn³³ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/kän²¹⁴⁻²¹ tʰän⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/kɐm³⁵ tʰaːn³³ t͡sʰiː²¹/


音韻論

/in⁵⁵ yn⁵¹⁻⁵³ lu̯ən⁵¹/

/jɐm⁵⁵ wɐn²² lɵn²²/

/jɐm⁵⁵ wɐn¹³ lɵn²²/

/in⁵⁵ yn⁵¹⁻⁵³ lu̯ən⁵¹/

/jɐm⁵⁵ wɐn²² lɵn²²/

/jɐm⁵⁵ wɐn¹³ lɵn²²/

(linguistics, rare) phonology (subfield of linguistics)


韻母

/yn⁵¹ mu²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/yn⁵¹ muɻʷ²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/uŋ²⁴²⁻⁵³ mo³³/

/un²²⁻²¹ bu⁵³/

/un⁴¹⁻²² bu⁵⁵⁴/

/un²²⁻²¹ bu⁵³/

/un³³⁻¹¹ bu⁵³/

/un³³⁻²¹ bu⁴¹/

/yn⁵¹ mu²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/yn⁵¹ muɻʷ²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/uŋ²⁴²⁻⁵³ mo³³/

/un²²⁻²¹ bu⁵³/

/un⁴¹⁻²² bu⁵⁵⁴/

/un²²⁻²¹ bu⁵³/

/un³³⁻¹¹ bu⁵³/

/un³³⁻²¹ bu⁴¹/


介音

/t͡ɕi̯ɛ⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/kaːi̯³³ jɐm⁵⁵/

/kai²¹³⁻⁵⁵ im³³/

/t͡ɕi̯ɛ⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/kaːi̯³³ jɐm⁵⁵/

/kai²¹³⁻⁵⁵ im³³/


韻尾

/yn⁵¹ weɪ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/yn⁵¹ weɪ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/


縮寫

/su̯ɔ⁵⁵ ɕi̯ɛ²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/sʊk̚⁵ sɛː³⁵/

/sɔk̚⁵⁻²⁴ sia⁵⁵⁴/

/sɔk̚³²⁻⁴ sia⁵³/

/siɔk̚³²⁻⁵ sia⁵³/

/su̯ɔ⁵⁵ ɕi̯ɛ²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/sʊk̚⁵ sɛː³⁵/

/sɔk̚⁵⁻²⁴ sia⁵⁵⁴/

/sɔk̚³²⁻⁴ sia⁵³/

/siɔk̚³²⁻⁵ sia⁵³/

(linguistics) abbreviation (shortened or contracted form of a word or phrase)

(linguistics) contraction (process whereby one or more sounds of a word are lost or reduced)

(linguistics) contraction (word with omitted letters replaced by an apostrophe); contracted form


陽性

/jɑŋ³⁵ ɕiŋ⁵¹/

/jœːŋ²¹ sɪŋ³³/

/iɔŋ²⁴⁻²² siɪŋ⁴¹/

/iɔŋ²⁴⁻²² siɪŋ²¹/

/iɔŋ²³⁻³³ siɪŋ²¹/

/iɔŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ siɪŋ¹¹/

/iaŋ¹³⁻²² siɪŋ²¹/

/iaŋ⁵⁵⁻¹¹ sẽ²¹³/

/jɑŋ³⁵ ɕiŋ⁵¹/

/jœːŋ²¹ sɪŋ³³/

/iɔŋ²⁴⁻²² siɪŋ⁴¹/

/iɔŋ²⁴⁻²² siɪŋ²¹/

/iɔŋ²³⁻³³ siɪŋ²¹/

/iɔŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ siɪŋ¹¹/

/iaŋ¹³⁻²² siɪŋ²¹/

/iaŋ⁵⁵⁻¹¹ sẽ²¹³/


合法

ja-r

合法(ごうほう) (gōhō)

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (合法):
* → Japanese: 合法(ごうほう) (gōhō)
* → Korean: 합법(合法) (hapbeop)
* → Vietnamese: hợp pháp (合法)

/xɤ³⁵ fä²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/hap̚¹²¹⁻²¹ huat̚³²/

/xɤ³⁵ fä²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/hap̚¹²¹⁻²¹ huat̚³²/


恆河沙

Sino-Xenic (恆河沙):
* → Japanese: 恒(ごう)河(が)沙(しゃ) (gōgasha)
* → Korean: 항하사(恒河沙) (hanghasa)
* → Vietnamese: hằng hà sa (恒河沙)

/xɤŋ³⁵ xɤ³⁵ ʂä⁵⁵/

/hɐŋ²¹ hɔː²¹ saː⁵⁵/

/xɤŋ³⁵ xɤ³⁵ ʂä⁵⁵/

/hɐŋ²¹ hɔː²¹ saː⁵⁵/

Calque of Sanskrit गंगानदी वालुका (gaṃgānadī vālukā, “sand of the Ganges River”).
The current usage as the number 10⁵² was re-imported from the Japanese usage which first fixed by the Jinkōki (塵劫記), 1634.

calque

गंगानदी वालुका

650-661, Bhagavaddharma, transl., Sūtra of the Vast, Perfect, Unimpeded Great-Compassionate Heart of the Thousand-Handed Thousand-Eyed Bodhisattva Avalokitasvara's Dhāraṇī (千手千眼觀世音菩薩廣大圓滿無礙大悲心陀羅尼經):

If there is who slanders this mantra, that is to slander those 9.9 billion times the number of the Ganges river sand, of buddhas.

Ruò yǒu bàng cǐ zhòu zhě, jí wèi bàng bǐ jiǔshíjiǔyì hénghéshā zhūfó.

若有謗此咒者，即為謗彼九十九億恆河沙諸佛。

若有谤此咒者，即为谤彼九十九亿恒河沙诸佛。

(etymology, Buddhism) countless number like the total of the grains of sand on the Ganges


省略

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (省略):
* → Japanese: 省略(しょうりゃく) (shōryaku)
* → Korean: 생략(省略) (saengnyak)

/ʂɤŋ²¹⁴⁻²¹ ly̯ɛ⁵¹/

/saːŋ³⁵ lœːk̚²/

/siɪŋ⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ liɔk̚²⁴/

/siɪŋ⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ liɔk̚⁴/

/siɪŋ⁵³⁻⁴⁴ liɔk̚⁴/

/siɪŋ⁵³⁻⁴⁴ liak̚¹²¹/

/siɪŋ⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ liak̚⁴/

/sɛ̃⁵³⁻⁴⁴ liak̚¹²¹/

/sẽ⁵²⁻³⁵ liak̚⁴/

/ʂɤŋ²¹⁴⁻²¹ ly̯ɛ⁵¹/

/saːŋ³⁵ lœːk̚²/

/siɪŋ⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ liɔk̚²⁴/

/siɪŋ⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ liɔk̚⁴/

/siɪŋ⁵³⁻⁴⁴ liɔk̚⁴/

/siɪŋ⁵³⁻⁴⁴ liak̚¹²¹/

/siɪŋ⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ liak̚⁴/

/sɛ̃⁵³⁻⁴⁴ liak̚¹²¹/

/sẽ⁵²⁻³⁵ liak̚⁴/


變體

Sino-Xenic (變體):
* → Japanese: 変体(へんたい) (hentai)
* → Korean: 변체(變體) (byeonche)

/pi̯ɛn⁵¹ tʰi²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/piːn³³ tʰɐi̯³⁵/

/piɛn²¹⁻⁵³ tʰe⁵³/

/piɛn⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ tʰe⁵⁵⁴/

/piɛn²¹⁻⁵³ tʰe⁵³/

/piɛn¹¹⁻⁵³ tʰe⁵³/

/piɛn²¹⁻⁴¹ tʰe⁴¹/

/pi̯ɛn⁵¹ tʰi²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/piːn³³ tʰɐi̯³⁵/

/piɛn²¹⁻⁵³ tʰe⁵³/

/piɛn⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ tʰe⁵⁵⁴/

/piɛn²¹⁻⁵³ tʰe⁵³/

/piɛn¹¹⁻⁵³ tʰe⁵³/

/piɛn²¹⁻⁴¹ tʰe⁴¹/

(linguistics) variant (of a character or word)


性別

Sino-Xenic (性別):
* → Japanese: 性別(せいべつ) (seibetsu)
* → Korean: 성별(性別) (seongbyeol)

→ Bouyei: xinqbief

→ Zhuang: singqbied, singbez

/ɕiŋ⁵¹ pi̯ɛ³⁵/

/sɪŋ³³ piːt̚²/

/ɕin⁵³ pʰiɛt̚⁵/

/siŋ²¹³⁻⁵³ ⁽ᵖ⁻⁾miɛʔ²⁴/

/siɪŋ²¹⁻⁵³ piɛt̚⁴/

/siɪŋ⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ piɛt̚²⁴/

/siɪŋ²¹⁻⁵³ piɛt̚¹²¹/

/siɪŋ¹¹⁻⁵³ piɛt̚⁴/

/siɪŋ²¹⁻⁴¹ piɛt̚⁴/

/sẽ²¹³⁻⁵⁵ piek̚⁴/

/sẽ²¹³⁻⁵⁵ piak̚⁴/

/ɕin³³ biɪʔ⁴⁴/

/ɕiŋ⁵¹ pi̯ɛ³⁵/

/sɪŋ³³ piːt̚²/

/ɕin⁵³ pʰiɛt̚⁵/

/siŋ²¹³⁻⁵³ ⁽ᵖ⁻⁾miɛʔ²⁴/

/siɪŋ²¹⁻⁵³ piɛt̚⁴/

/siɪŋ⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ piɛt̚²⁴/

/siɪŋ²¹⁻⁵³ piɛt̚¹²¹/

/siɪŋ¹¹⁻⁵³ piɛt̚⁴/

/siɪŋ²¹⁻⁴¹ piɛt̚⁴/

/sẽ²¹³⁻⁵⁵ piek̚⁴/

/sẽ²¹³⁻⁵⁵ piak̚⁴/

/ɕin³³ biɪʔ⁴⁴/


方言

Sino-Xenic (方言):
* → Japanese: 方言(ほうげん) (hōgen)
* → Korean: 방언(方言) (bang'eon)
* → Vietnamese: phương ngôn (方言)

/fɑŋ⁵⁵ jɛn³⁵/

/fɔːŋ⁵⁵ jiːn²¹/

/fɔŋ³³ ᵑɡun²²/

/foŋ²⁴ ŋi̯en¹¹/

/foŋ²⁴ ŋi̯an¹¹/

/fɔŋ⁴⁴⁻³⁵ ŋian¹¹/

/huoŋ⁵⁵ ŋyoŋ⁵³/

/hɔŋ⁴⁴⁻³³ ɡiɛn²⁴/

/hɔŋ⁴⁴⁻³³ ɡiɛn²³/

/hɔŋ³³ ɡiɛn²⁴/

/hɔŋ⁴⁴⁻²² ɡiɛn²⁴/

/hɔŋ⁴⁴⁻²² ɡan¹³/

/huaŋ³³⁻²³ ŋaŋ⁵⁵/

/fɑ̃⁵⁵ ɦi²¹/

/fɑŋ⁵⁵ jɛn³⁵/

/fɔːŋ⁵⁵ jiːn²¹/

/fɔŋ³³ ᵑɡun²²/

/foŋ²⁴ ŋi̯en¹¹/

/foŋ²⁴ ŋi̯an¹¹/

/fɔŋ⁴⁴⁻³⁵ ŋian¹¹/

/huoŋ⁵⁵ ŋyoŋ⁵³/

/hɔŋ⁴⁴⁻³³ ɡiɛn²⁴/

/hɔŋ⁴⁴⁻³³ ɡiɛn²³/

/hɔŋ³³ ɡiɛn²⁴/

/hɔŋ⁴⁴⁻²² ɡiɛn²⁴/

/hɔŋ⁴⁴⁻²² ɡan¹³/

/huaŋ³³⁻²³ ŋaŋ⁵⁵/

/fɑ̃⁵⁵ ɦi²¹/

Tianjin dialect (a dialect of Mandarin Chinese)

天津方言

廣州方言

广州方言

方言詞彙

方言词汇

德語方言

德语方言

Collection and Explanation of Regional Tongues (Korean Joseon-era compilation of Chinese, Korean, Mongolian, Manchu, and Japanese)

《方言集釋》

《方言集释》

(linguistics) dialect; topolect; regional language variety


配列

/pʰeɪ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ li̯ɛ⁵¹/

/pʰeɪ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ li̯ɛ⁵¹/


清音

/t͡ɕʰiŋ⁵⁵ in⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰɪŋ⁵⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/

/t͡ɕʰiŋ⁵⁵ in⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰɪŋ⁵⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/


兒化音

/ˀɤɻ³⁵ xu̯ä⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/jiː²¹ faː³³ jɐm⁵⁵/

/ˀɤɻ³⁵ xu̯ä⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/jiː²¹ faː³³ jɐm⁵⁵/

(Chinese phonetics) erhua; erization (the r-coloring or addition of the 兒 sound (/ɻ/, /n/, /ŋ/) to syllables to form diminutives)


兒化韻

/ˀɤɻ³⁵ xu̯ä⁵¹⁻⁵³ yn⁵¹/

/jiː²¹ faː³³ wɐn²²/

/ˀɤɻ³⁵ xu̯ä⁵¹⁻⁵³ yn⁵¹/

/jiː²¹ faː³³ wɐn²²/


句法

/t͡ɕy⁵¹ fä²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/kɵy̯³³ faːt̚³/

/ku¹¹⁻⁵³ huat̚³²/

/ku²¹⁻⁴¹ huat̚³²/

/t͡ɕy⁵¹ fä²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/kɵy̯³³ faːt̚³/

/ku¹¹⁻⁵³ huat̚³²/

/ku²¹⁻⁴¹ huat̚³²/


質樸

/ʈ͡ʂʐ̩⁵¹ pʰu²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/ʈ͡ʂʐ̩³⁵ pʰu³⁵/

/t͡sɐt̚⁵ pʰɔːk̚³/

/t͡sit̚³²⁻⁵ pʰɔk̚³²/

/t͡sit̚⁵⁻²⁴ pʰɔk̚⁵/

/t͡sit̚³²⁻⁴ pʰɔk̚³²/

/ʈ͡ʂʐ̩⁵¹ pʰu²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/ʈ͡ʂʐ̩³⁵ pʰu³⁵/

/t͡sɐt̚⁵ pʰɔːk̚³/

/t͡sit̚³²⁻⁵ pʰɔk̚³²/

/t͡sit̚⁵⁻²⁴ pʰɔk̚⁵/

/t͡sit̚³²⁻⁴ pʰɔk̚³²/

(of style, language, personality, etc.) simple; plain


同化

異化

antonym(s) of “(phonology) to assimilate”

Sino-Xenic (同化):
* → Japanese: 同(どう)化(か) (dōka)
* → Korean: 동화(同化) (donghwa)
* → Vietnamese: đồng hoá (同化)

/tʰʊŋ³⁵ xu̯ä⁵¹/

/tʰʊŋ²¹ faː³³/

/tuŋ⁵³⁻²¹ ⁽ʰ⁻⁾ŋuɑ²¹³/

/tɔŋ²⁴⁻²² hua²¹/

/tɔŋ²⁴⁻²² hua⁴¹/

/tɔŋ¹³⁻²² hua²¹/

/tɔŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ hua¹¹/

/tɔŋ²³⁻³³ hua²¹/

/tʰʊŋ³⁵ xu̯ä⁵¹/

/tʰʊŋ²¹ faː³³/

/tuŋ⁵³⁻²¹ ⁽ʰ⁻⁾ŋuɑ²¹³/

/tɔŋ²⁴⁻²² hua²¹/

/tɔŋ²⁴⁻²² hua⁴¹/

/tɔŋ¹³⁻²² hua²¹/

/tɔŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ hua¹¹/

/tɔŋ²³⁻³³ hua²¹/


清濁

/t͡ɕʰiŋ⁵⁵ ʈ͡ʂu̯ɔ³⁵/

/t͡sʰɪŋ⁵⁵ t͡sʊk̚²/

/t͡ɕʰiŋ⁵⁵ ʈ͡ʂu̯ɔ³⁵/

/t͡sʰɪŋ⁵⁵ t͡sʊk̚²/

(phonetics) voicing; voiceless and voiced sounds


平上去入

ja-r

平上去入(ひょうじょうきょにゅう) (hyōjōkyonyū)

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (平上去入):
* → Japanese: 平上去入(ひょうじょうきょにゅう) (hyōjōkyonyū)

ㄆㄧㄥˊ ㄕㄤˇ ㄑㄩˋ ㄖㄨˋ

ㄆㄧㄥˊ ㄕㄤˋ ㄑㄩˋ ㄖㄨˋ

/pʰiŋ³⁵ ʂɑŋ²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡ɕʰy⁵¹⁻⁵³ ʐu⁵¹/

/pʰiŋ³⁵ ʂɑŋ⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡ɕʰy⁵¹⁻⁵³ ʐu⁵¹/

/pʰɪŋ²¹ sœːŋ¹³ hɵy̯³³ jɐp̚²/

/pʰiŋ³⁵ ʂɑŋ²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡ɕʰy⁵¹⁻⁵³ ʐu⁵¹/

/pʰiŋ³⁵ ʂɑŋ⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡ɕʰy⁵¹⁻⁵³ ʐu⁵¹/

/pʰɪŋ²¹ sœːŋ¹³ hɵy̯³³ jɐp̚²/

(Chinese phonetics) the four tones of Middle Chinese: level, rising, departing and checked


高平

/kɑʊ̯⁵⁵ pʰiŋ³⁵/

/kou̯⁵⁵ pʰɪŋ²¹/

/kɑʊ̯⁵⁵ pʰiŋ³⁵/

/kou̯⁵⁵ pʰɪŋ²¹/


知母

/ʈ͡ʂʐ̩⁵⁵ mu²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/ʈ͡ʂʐ̩⁵⁵ mu²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

(Chinese linguistics) the Middle Chinese initial of 知 (MC trje)


本義

/pən²¹⁴⁻²¹ i⁵¹/

/pən²¹⁴⁻²¹ i⁵¹/


詞彙

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ xu̯eɪ̯⁵¹/

/t͡sʰz̩²⁴ xuɛi⁵¹/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ wuːi̯²²/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ wɐi̯²²/

/ɬu²² vᵘɔi³²/

/su²⁴⁻²² hue²²/

/su¹³⁻²² hue²²/

/sɯ²⁴⁻²² hue⁴¹/

/su²⁴⁻¹¹ lui³³/

/su²³⁻³³ lui³³/

/sɯ⁵⁵⁻¹¹ hue³⁵/

/zz̩²² ɦue⁴⁴/

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ xu̯eɪ̯⁵¹/

/t͡sʰz̩²⁴ xuɛi⁵¹/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ wuːi̯²²/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ wɐi̯²²/

/ɬu²² vᵘɔi³²/

/su²⁴⁻²² hue²²/

/su¹³⁻²² hue²²/

/sɯ²⁴⁻²² hue⁴¹/

/su²⁴⁻¹¹ lui³³/

/su²³⁻³³ lui³³/

/sɯ⁵⁵⁻¹¹ hue³⁵/

/zz̩²² ɦue⁴⁴/

一般詞彙／一般词汇

基本詞彙／基本词汇

文言詞彙／文言词汇

方言詞彙／方言词汇

(linguistics, semantics, collective) vocabulary; lexicon


代詞

/taɪ̯⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/tɔːi̯²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/tai²²⁻²¹ su²⁴/

/taɪ̯⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/tɔːi̯²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/tai²²⁻²¹ su²⁴/


組合

/t͡su²¹⁴⁻²¹ xɤ³⁵/

/t͡sɔ⁵³⁻⁴⁴ hap̚⁴/

/t͡sɔ⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ hap̚²⁴/

/t͡sɔ⁵³⁻⁴⁴ hap̚¹²¹/

/t͡sɔ⁴⁴⁻³³ hap̚⁴/

/t͡su²¹⁴⁻²¹ xɤ³⁵/

/t͡sɔ⁵³⁻⁴⁴ hap̚⁴/

/t͡sɔ⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ hap̚²⁴/

/t͡sɔ⁵³⁻⁴⁴ hap̚¹²¹/

/t͡sɔ⁴⁴⁻³³ hap̚⁴/

Orthographic borrowing from Japanese 組合 (kumiai, “association”) and 組合せ (kumiawase, “combination”).


適應

/ʂʐ̩⁵¹⁻⁵³ iŋ⁵¹/

/sɪk̚⁵ jɪŋ³³/

/ɬiʔ²¹⁻⁴⁵ iŋ⁴²/

/ɬiʔ²⁻⁴ iŋ⁴²/

/siak̚⁵⁻²⁴ iɪŋ⁴¹/

/siɪk̚³²⁻⁴ iɪŋ¹¹/

/siɪk̚³²⁻⁵ iɪŋ²¹/

/siɪk̚³²⁻⁴ iɪŋ²¹/

/sek̚²⁻⁴ eŋ²¹³/

/ʂʐ̩⁵¹⁻⁵³ iŋ⁵¹/

/sɪk̚⁵ jɪŋ³³/

/ɬiʔ²¹⁻⁴⁵ iŋ⁴²/

/ɬiʔ²⁻⁴ iŋ⁴²/

/siak̚⁵⁻²⁴ iɪŋ⁴¹/

/siɪk̚³²⁻⁴ iɪŋ¹¹/

/siɪk̚³²⁻⁵ iɪŋ²¹/

/siɪk̚³²⁻⁴ iɪŋ²¹/

/sek̚²⁻⁴ eŋ²¹³/


牙床

/jä³⁵ ʈ͡ʂʰu̯ɑŋ³⁵/

/jä³⁵ ʈ͡ʂʰu̯ɑ̃ɻ³⁵/

/ia²⁴ ʈ͡ʂʰuɑŋ²⁴/

/ŋaː²¹ t͡sʰɔːŋ²¹/

/ɡa²⁴⁻²² t͡sʰɔŋ²⁴/

/ɡɛ¹³⁻²² t͡sʰŋ̍¹³/

/ɡe²³⁻³³ t͡sʰŋ̍²³/

/ɡe²⁴⁻¹¹ t͡sʰŋ̍²⁴/

/ŋa²² zɑ̃⁴⁴/

/jä³⁵ ʈ͡ʂʰu̯ɑŋ³⁵/

/jä³⁵ ʈ͡ʂʰu̯ɑ̃ɻ³⁵/

/ia²⁴ ʈ͡ʂʰuɑŋ²⁴/

/ŋaː²¹ t͡sʰɔːŋ²¹/

/ɡa²⁴⁻²² t͡sʰɔŋ²⁴/

/ɡɛ¹³⁻²² t͡sʰŋ̍¹³/

/ɡe²³⁻³³ t͡sʰŋ̍²³/

/ɡe²⁴⁻¹¹ t͡sʰŋ̍²⁴/

/ŋa²² zɑ̃⁴⁴/


連讀

(linguistics) to read two or more words or syllables together, especially as a contraction


多義

/tu̯ɔ⁵⁵ i⁵¹/

/tu̯ɔ⁵⁵ i⁵¹/


T單位

/tʰi⁵¹ tän⁵⁵ weɪ̯⁵¹/

/tʰi⁵¹ tän⁵⁵ weɪ̯⁵¹/


句型

/t͡ɕy⁵¹ ɕiŋ³⁵/

/kɵy̯³³ jɪŋ²¹/

/t͡ɕy⁵¹ ɕiŋ³⁵/

/kɵy̯³³ jɪŋ²¹/

(linguistics) sentence construction; sentence pattern


連詞

/li̯ɛn³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/liːn²¹ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/li̯ɛn³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/liːn²¹ t͡sʰiː²¹/


聯詞

/li̯ɛn³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/li̯ɛn³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/


口腔

/kʰoʊ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡ɕʰi̯ɑŋ⁵⁵/

/hɐu̯³⁵ hɔːŋ⁵⁵/

/kʰau⁵³⁻⁴⁴ kʰaŋ⁴⁴/

/kʰio⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ kʰiɔŋ³³/

/kʰau⁵²⁻³⁵ kʰĩõ³³/

/kʰɘu̯³³ t͡ɕʰi̯an⁴⁴⁵/

/kʰoʊ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡ɕʰi̯ɑŋ⁵⁵/

/hɐu̯³⁵ hɔːŋ⁵⁵/

/kʰau⁵³⁻⁴⁴ kʰaŋ⁴⁴/

/kʰio⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ kʰiɔŋ³³/

/kʰau⁵²⁻³⁵ kʰĩõ³³/

/kʰɘu̯³³ t͡ɕʰi̯an⁴⁴⁵/

/kʰau⁵³⁻⁴⁴ kʰiũ⁴⁴/

/kʰau⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ kʰiũ⁴⁴/

/kʰau⁵³⁻⁴⁴ kʰiɔ̃⁴⁴/

/kʰau⁵³⁻⁴⁴ kʰiũ⁴⁴/

/kʰau⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ kʰiũ⁴⁴/

/kʰau⁵³⁻⁴⁴ kʰiɔ̃⁴⁴/

(Hokkien, linguistics) accent (phonetic and phonological aspects of a dialect)


虛詞

/ɕy⁵⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/hɵy̯⁵⁵ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/hy⁵³³⁻¹¹ ɬo¹³/

/hy⁵⁴⁴⁻²¹ ɬo²⁴/

/hu⁴⁴⁻³³ su²⁴/

/hu⁴⁴⁻²² su²⁴/

/hi⁴⁴⁻³³ su²³/

/hi⁴⁴⁻²² su¹³/

/ɕy⁵⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/hɵy̯⁵⁵ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/hy⁵³³⁻¹¹ ɬo¹³/

/hy⁵⁴⁴⁻²¹ ɬo²⁴/

/hu⁴⁴⁻³³ su²⁴/

/hu⁴⁴⁻²² su²⁴/

/hi⁴⁴⁻³³ su²³/

/hi⁴⁴⁻²² su¹³/

(grammar) function word; a word with a purely grammatical function


前後文

ㄑㄧㄢˊ ㄏㄡˋ ㄨㄣˊ

ㄑㄧㄢˊ ㄏㄡˋ ㄨㄣˊ

/t͡ɕʰi̯ɛn³⁵ xoʊ̯⁵¹ wən³⁵/

/t͡ɕʰi̯ɛn³⁵ xoʊ̯⁵¹ wən³⁵/


上下文

ㄕㄤˋ ㄒㄧㄚˋ ㄨㄣˊ

ㄕㄤˋ ㄒㄧㄚˋ ㄨㄣˊ

/ʂɑŋ⁵¹⁻⁵³ ɕi̯ä⁵¹ wən³⁵/

/sœːŋ²² haː²² mɐn²¹/

/ʂɑŋ⁵¹⁻⁵³ ɕi̯ä⁵¹ wən³⁵/

/sœːŋ²² haː²² mɐn²¹/


語境

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡ɕiŋ⁵¹/

/jyː¹³ kɪŋ³⁵/

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡ɕiŋ⁵¹/

/jyː¹³ kɪŋ³⁵/

(linguistics) context (communicative setting)

(linguistics) context (parts of something written or spoken); cotext

前後文

context, parts of something written or spoken


詞素

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ su⁵¹/

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ su⁵¹/


時態

/ʂʐ̩³⁵ tʰaɪ̯⁵¹/

/siː²¹ tʰaːi̯³³/

/ʂʐ̩³⁵ tʰaɪ̯⁵¹/

/siː²¹ tʰaːi̯³³/

(grammar) tense (any of the forms of a verb which distinguish when an action or state of being occurs or exists; an inflected form of a verb that indicates tense)


同源詞

/tʰʊŋ³⁵ ɥɛn³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/tʰʊŋ²¹ jyːn²¹ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/tʰʊŋ³⁵ ɥɛn³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/tʰʊŋ²¹ jyːn²¹ t͡sʰiː²¹/


雙元音

шуанъюаньинь

/ʂu̯ɑŋ⁵⁵ ɥɛn³⁵ in⁵⁵/

/sœːŋ⁵⁵ jyːn²¹ jɐm⁵⁵/

/ʂu̯ɑŋ⁵⁵ ɥɛn³⁵ in⁵⁵/

/sœːŋ⁵⁵ jyːn²¹ jɐm⁵⁵/


共通語

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (共通語):
* → Japanese: 共(きょう)通(つう)語(ご) (kyōtsūgo)
* → Korean: 공통어(共通語) (gongtong'eo)

/kʊŋ⁵¹ tʰʊŋ⁵⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/kʊŋ²² tʰʊŋ⁵⁵ jyː¹³/

/kʊŋ⁵¹ tʰʊŋ⁵⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/kʊŋ²² tʰʊŋ⁵⁵ jyː¹³/

(linguistics) common language; lingua franca


祈願

/t͡ɕʰi³⁵ ɥɛn⁵¹/

/kʰi⁵⁵⁻¹¹ ŋuaŋ³⁵/

/t͡ɕʰi³⁵ ɥɛn⁵¹/

/kʰi⁵⁵⁻¹¹ ŋuaŋ³⁵/


音節

Sino-Xenic (音節):
* → Japanese: 音節(おんせつ) (onsetsu)
* → Korean: 음절(音節) (eumjeol)
* → Vietnamese: âm tiết (音節)

/in⁵⁵ t͡ɕi̯ɛ³⁵/

/im⁴⁴⁻²² t͡sat̚³²/

/im⁴⁴⁻³³ t͡siɛt̚³²/

/in⁵⁵ t͡ɕi̯ɛ³⁵/

/im⁴⁴⁻²² t͡sat̚³²/

/im⁴⁴⁻³³ t͡siɛt̚³²/

聲調在漢語音節感知中的作用

声调在汉语音节感知中的作用


偏旁

/pʰi̯ɛn⁵⁵ pʰɑŋ³⁵/

/pʰi̯ɛn⁵⁵ pʰɑ̃ɻ³⁵/

/pʰiɛn⁵⁵ pʰaŋ²¹/

/pʰiã²¹ pʰaŋ²⁴/

/pʰiã³¹ pʰã²⁴/

/pʰiːn⁵⁵ pʰɔːŋ²¹/

/pʰin²¹³ pʰɔŋ²¹/

/ˈpʰiɛn⁴² pʰɔŋ²⁴/

/pʰiɛn⁴⁴⁻³⁵ pʰɔŋ¹¹/

/pʰie¹¹ pʰɒ̃¹¹/

/pʰiɛn⁴⁴⁻²² pɔŋ¹³/

/pʰiɛn³³ pɔŋ²⁴/

/pʰiɛn⁴⁴⁻²² pɔŋ²⁴/

/pʰiɛn⁴⁴⁻²² paŋ²⁴/

/pʰiɛn⁴⁴⁻²² paŋ¹³/

/pʰin⁵³ pʰaŋ²¹/

/pʰi̯ẽ³³ pan¹³/

/pʰi̯ɛn⁵⁵ pʰɑŋ³⁵/

/pʰi̯ɛn⁵⁵ pʰɑ̃ɻ³⁵/

/pʰiɛn⁵⁵ pʰaŋ²¹/

/pʰiã²¹ pʰaŋ²⁴/

/pʰiã³¹ pʰã²⁴/

/pʰiːn⁵⁵ pʰɔːŋ²¹/

/pʰin²¹³ pʰɔŋ²¹/

/ˈpʰiɛn⁴² pʰɔŋ²⁴/

/pʰiɛn⁴⁴⁻³⁵ pʰɔŋ¹¹/

/pʰie¹¹ pʰɒ̃¹¹/

/pʰiɛn⁴⁴⁻²² pɔŋ¹³/

/pʰiɛn³³ pɔŋ²⁴/

/pʰiɛn⁴⁴⁻²² pɔŋ²⁴/

/pʰiɛn⁴⁴⁻²² paŋ²⁴/

/pʰiɛn⁴⁴⁻²² paŋ¹³/

/pʰin⁵³ pʰaŋ²¹/

/pʰi̯ẽ³³ pan¹³/

(Chinese linguistics) component (of a Chinese character; usually the 部首 and the one other part; more restricted in usage than 部件)

形旁 and 意符

For phono-semantic compounds (形聲字／形声字 (xíngshēngzì)); semantic component

聲旁

For phono-semantic compounds (形聲字／形声字 (xíngshēngzì)); phonetic component


音位

/in⁵⁵ weɪ̯⁵¹/

/jɐm⁵⁵ wɐi̯²²⁻³⁵/

/im⁴⁴⁻²² ui²²/

/in⁵⁵ weɪ̯⁵¹/

/jɐm⁵⁵ wɐi̯²²⁻³⁵/

/im⁴⁴⁻²² ui²²/


限定

/ɕi̯ɛn⁵¹⁻⁵³ tiŋ⁵¹/

/haːn²² tɪŋ²²/

/han³³⁻²¹ tiɪŋ³³/

/han²²⁻²¹ tiɪŋ²²/

/han³³⁻¹¹ tiɪŋ³³/

/an²²⁻²¹ tiɪŋ²²/

/han³³⁻²¹ tiã³³/

/han²²⁻²¹ tiã²²/

/han³³⁻¹¹ tiã³³/

/an²²⁻²¹ tiã²²/

/an³³⁻²¹ tiã³³/

/ɕi̯ɛn⁵¹⁻⁵³ tiŋ⁵¹/

/haːn²² tɪŋ²²/

/han³³⁻²¹ tiɪŋ³³/

/han²²⁻²¹ tiɪŋ²²/

/han³³⁻¹¹ tiɪŋ³³/

/an²²⁻²¹ tiɪŋ²²/

/han³³⁻²¹ tiã³³/

/han²²⁻²¹ tiã²²/

/han³³⁻¹¹ tiã³³/

/an²²⁻²¹ tiã²²/

/an³³⁻²¹ tiã³³/


同調

/tʰʊŋ³⁵ ti̯ɑʊ̯⁵¹/

/tʰʊŋ³⁵ ti̯aʊ̯ɻʷ⁵¹/

/tʰʊŋ²¹ tiːu̯²²/

/tʰʊŋ³⁵ ti̯ɑʊ̯⁵¹/

/tʰʊŋ³⁵ ti̯aʊ̯ɻʷ⁵¹/

/tʰʊŋ²¹ tiːu̯²²/


共同語

ㄍㄨㄥˋ ㄊㄨㄥˊ ㄩˇ

ㄍㄨㄥˋ ㄊㄨㄥˊ ㄩˇ

/kʊŋ⁵¹ tʰʊŋ³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/kʊŋ²² tʰʊŋ²¹ jyː¹³/

/kʊŋ⁵¹ tʰʊŋ³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/kʊŋ²² tʰʊŋ²¹ jyː¹³/

English is the common language of the world.

英語是世界的共同語。

英语是世界的共同语。


中性

/ʈ͡ʂʊŋ⁵⁵ ɕiŋ⁵¹/

/t͡sʊŋ⁵⁵ sɪŋ³³/

/tiɔŋ⁴⁴⁻²² siɪŋ²¹/

/tiɔŋ³³ siɪŋ⁴¹/

/tiɔŋ⁴⁴⁻²² siɪŋ²¹/

/tiɔŋ⁴⁴⁻³³ siɪŋ¹¹/

/tiɔŋ⁴⁴⁻³³ siɪŋ²¹/

/ʈ͡ʂʊŋ⁵⁵ ɕiŋ⁵¹/

/t͡sʊŋ⁵⁵ sɪŋ³³/

/tiɔŋ⁴⁴⁻²² siɪŋ²¹/

/tiɔŋ³³ siɪŋ⁴¹/

/tiɔŋ⁴⁴⁻²² siɪŋ²¹/

/tiɔŋ⁴⁴⁻³³ siɪŋ¹¹/

/tiɔŋ⁴⁴⁻³³ siɪŋ²¹/


搭配

/tä⁵⁵ pʰeɪ̯⁵¹/

/taːp̚³ pʰuːi̯³³/

/ta(ʔ)³²⁻⁵³ pʰue²¹/

/ta(ʔ)³²⁻⁴¹ pʰue²¹/

/ta(ʔ)³²⁻⁵³ pʰe¹¹/

/tä⁵⁵ pʰeɪ̯⁵¹/

/taːp̚³ pʰuːi̯³³/

/ta(ʔ)³²⁻⁵³ pʰue²¹/

/ta(ʔ)³²⁻⁴¹ pʰue²¹/

/ta(ʔ)³²⁻⁵³ pʰe¹¹/

固定搭配

非典型搭配

(linguistics, translation studies) collocation; combination


屈折

Sino-Xenic (屈折):
* → Japanese: 屈折(くっせつ) (kussetsu)
* → Korean: 굴절(屈折) (guljeol)

/t͡ɕʰy⁵⁵ ʈ͡ʂɤ³⁵/

/t͡ɕʰy⁵⁵ ʈ͡ʂɤ³⁵/


開口

/kʰaɪ̯⁵⁵ kʰoʊ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/hɔːi̯⁵⁵ hɐu̯³⁵/

/kʰoi̯²⁴ kʰi̯eu̯³¹/

/kʰai⁴⁴⁻²² kʰau⁵³/

/kʰai⁴⁴⁻³³ kʰau⁴¹/

/kʰai⁴⁴⁻³³ kʰau⁵³/

/kʰui⁴⁴⁻²² kʰau⁵³/

/kʰe⁵⁵ kʰɤ²¹/

/kʰaɪ̯⁵⁵ kʰoʊ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/hɔːi̯⁵⁵ hɐu̯³⁵/

/kʰoi̯²⁴ kʰi̯eu̯³¹/

/kʰai⁴⁴⁻²² kʰau⁵³/

/kʰai⁴⁴⁻³³ kʰau⁴¹/

/kʰai⁴⁴⁻³³ kʰau⁵³/

/kʰui⁴⁴⁻²² kʰau⁵³/

/kʰe⁵⁵ kʰɤ²¹/

(Chinese phonetics) short for 開口呼／开口呼 (kāikǒuhū, “open-mouth sounds”)


音律

/jɐm⁵⁵ lɵt̚²/

/im⁴⁴⁻²² lut̚⁴/

/im⁴⁴⁻²² lut̚¹²¹/

/im⁴⁴⁻³³ lut̚⁴/

/im⁴⁴⁻³³ lut̚⁴/

/jɐm⁵⁵ lɵt̚²/

/im⁴⁴⁻²² lut̚⁴/

/im⁴⁴⁻²² lut̚¹²¹/

/im⁴⁴⁻³³ lut̚⁴/

/im⁴⁴⁻³³ lut̚⁴/


語氣

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡ɕʰi⁵¹/

/ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ kʰi²¹/

/ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ kʰi¹¹/

/ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ kʰi⁴¹/

/ɡi⁵³⁻⁴⁴ kʰi²¹/

/ɡi⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ kʰi²¹/

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡ɕʰi⁵¹/

/ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ kʰi²¹/

/ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ kʰi¹¹/

/ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ kʰi⁴¹/

/ɡi⁵³⁻⁴⁴ kʰi²¹/

/ɡi⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ kʰi²¹/


雙數

/ʂu̯ɑŋ⁵⁵ ʂu⁵¹/

/ʂu̯ɑŋ⁵⁵ ʂuɻʷ⁵¹/

/sœːŋ⁵⁵ sou̯³³/

/siaŋ⁴⁴⁻³³ sɔ²¹/

/siaŋ⁴⁴⁻²² sɔ²¹/

/siaŋ⁴⁴⁻³³ sɔ¹¹/

/ʂu̯ɑŋ⁵⁵ ʂu⁵¹/

/ʂu̯ɑŋ⁵⁵ ʂuɻʷ⁵¹/

/sœːŋ⁵⁵ sou̯³³/

/siaŋ⁴⁴⁻³³ sɔ²¹/

/siaŋ⁴⁴⁻²² sɔ²¹/

/siaŋ⁴⁴⁻³³ sɔ¹¹/


單數

Sino-Xenic (單數):
* → Japanese: 単数(たんすう) (tansū)
* → Korean: 단수(單數) (dansu)

/tän⁵⁵ ʂu⁵¹/

/tän⁵⁵ ʂuɻʷ⁵¹/

/tan²⁴⁻¹¹ su⁵⁵/

/taŋ⁵⁵⁻⁵³ ⁽ˢ⁻⁾nou²¹³/

/tan⁴⁴⁻²² sɔ²¹/

/tan⁴⁴⁻²² sɔ²¹/

/tan⁴⁴⁻³³ sɔ¹¹/

/tan⁴⁴⁻³³ sɔ²¹/

/tän⁵⁵ ʂu⁵¹/

/tän⁵⁵ ʂuɻʷ⁵¹/

/tan²⁴⁻¹¹ su⁵⁵/

/taŋ⁵⁵⁻⁵³ ⁽ˢ⁻⁾nou²¹³/

/tan⁴⁴⁻²² sɔ²¹/

/tan⁴⁴⁻²² sɔ²¹/

/tan⁴⁴⁻³³ sɔ¹¹/

/tan⁴⁴⁻³³ sɔ²¹/


原形

/ɥɛn³⁵ ɕiŋ³⁵/

/jyːn²¹ jɪŋ²¹/

/ɡuan²⁴⁻²² hiɪŋ²⁴/

/ɡuan²⁴⁻²² hiɪŋ²⁴/

/ɡuan¹³⁻²² hiɪŋ¹³/

/ɡuan²⁴⁻¹¹ hiɪŋ²⁴/

/ɡuan²³⁻³³ hiɪŋ²³/

/n̠ʲyø²² ɦin⁴⁴/

/ɥɛn³⁵ ɕiŋ³⁵/

/jyːn²¹ jɪŋ²¹/

/ɡuan²⁴⁻²² hiɪŋ²⁴/

/ɡuan²⁴⁻²² hiɪŋ²⁴/

/ɡuan¹³⁻²² hiɪŋ¹³/

/ɡuan²⁴⁻¹¹ hiɪŋ²⁴/

/ɡuan²³⁻³³ hiɪŋ²³/

/n̠ʲyø²² ɦin⁴⁴/


口譯

/kʰoʊ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹ i⁵¹/

/hɐu̯³⁵ jɪk̚²/

/kʰau⁵³⁻⁴⁴ iɪk̚⁴/

/kʰau⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ iɪk̚⁴/

/kʰoʊ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹ i⁵¹/

/hɐu̯³⁵ jɪk̚²/

/kʰau⁵³⁻⁴⁴ iɪk̚⁴/

/kʰau⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ iɪk̚⁴/

聯絡口譯

联络口译

(translation studies) to do interpreting; to do interpretation; to interpret

傳譯

to do interpreting, originally referred to translation generally


筆譯

/pi²¹⁴⁻²¹ i⁵¹/

/pɐt̚⁵ jɪk̚²/

/pit̚³²⁻⁴ iɪk̚⁴/

/pit̚³²⁻⁵ iɪk̚¹²¹/

/pit̚⁵⁻²⁴ iak̚²⁴/

/pi²¹⁴⁻²¹ i⁵¹/

/pɐt̚⁵ jɪk̚²/

/pit̚³²⁻⁴ iɪk̚⁴/

/pit̚³²⁻⁵ iɪk̚¹²¹/

/pit̚⁵⁻²⁴ iak̚²⁴/

(translation studies) to do written translation; to translate


原始

/ɥɛn³⁵ ʂʐ̩²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/jyːn²¹ t͡sʰiː³⁵/

/ŋi̯en¹¹ sɨ³¹/

/ŋi̯an¹¹ sɨ³¹/

/ŋien⁵⁵ ʃi²⁴/

/ŋuoŋ⁵³⁻³³ ⁽ˢ⁻⁾ny³³/

/ɡuan²⁴⁻²² si⁵³/

/ɡuan²⁴⁻²² si⁵⁵⁴/

/ɡuan¹³⁻²² si⁵³/

/ɡuan²⁴⁻¹¹ si⁵³/

/ɡuan²³⁻³³ si⁴¹/

/ŋuaŋ⁵⁵⁻¹¹ si⁵²/

/n̠ʲyø²² sz̩⁴⁴/

/ɥɛn³⁵ ʂʐ̩²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/jyːn²¹ t͡sʰiː³⁵/

/ŋi̯en¹¹ sɨ³¹/

/ŋi̯an¹¹ sɨ³¹/

/ŋien⁵⁵ ʃi²⁴/

/ŋuoŋ⁵³⁻³³ ⁽ˢ⁻⁾ny³³/

/ɡuan²⁴⁻²² si⁵³/

/ɡuan²⁴⁻²² si⁵⁵⁴/

/ɡuan¹³⁻²² si⁵³/

/ɡuan²⁴⁻¹¹ si⁵³/

/ɡuan²³⁻³³ si⁴¹/

/ŋuaŋ⁵⁵⁻¹¹ si⁵²/

/n̠ʲyø²² sz̩⁴⁴/

原始漢藏語

原始汉藏语


述語

/ʂu⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/sɵt̚² jyː¹³/

/ʂu⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/sɵt̚² jyː¹³/


親族

Sino-Xenic (親族):
* → Japanese: 親族(しんぞく) (shinzoku)
* → Korean: 친족(親族) (chinjok)
* → Vietnamese: thân tộc (親族)

/t͡ɕʰin⁵⁵ t͡su³⁵/

/t͡sʰɐn⁵⁵ t͡sʊk̚²/

/t͡sʰin²⁴⁻¹¹ t͡sʰuk̚⁵/

/t͡sʰin⁴⁴⁻²² t͡sɔk̚⁴/

/t͡sʰin³³ t͡sɔk̚²⁴/

/t͡sʰin⁴⁴⁻²² t͡sɔk̚¹²¹/

/t͡sʰin⁴⁴⁻³³ t͡sɔk̚⁴/

/t͡sʰin⁴⁴⁻³³ t͡sɔk̚⁴/

/t͡ɕʰin⁵⁵ t͡su³⁵/

/t͡sʰɐn⁵⁵ t͡sʊk̚²/

/t͡sʰin²⁴⁻¹¹ t͡sʰuk̚⁵/

/t͡sʰin⁴⁴⁻²² t͡sɔk̚⁴/

/t͡sʰin³³ t͡sɔk̚²⁴/

/t͡sʰin⁴⁴⁻²² t͡sɔk̚¹²¹/

/t͡sʰin⁴⁴⁻³³ t͡sɔk̚⁴/

/t͡sʰin⁴⁴⁻³³ t͡sɔk̚⁴/


修飾

/ɕi̯oʊ̯⁵⁵ ʂʐ̩⁵¹/

/sɐu̯⁵⁵ sɪk̚⁵/

/siu⁴⁴⁻²² siɪk̚³²/

/ɕi̯oʊ̯⁵⁵ ʂʐ̩⁵¹/

/sɐu̯⁵⁵ sɪk̚⁵/

/siu⁴⁴⁻²² siɪk̚³²/


抽象名詞

ㄔㄡ ㄒㄧㄤˋ ㄇㄧㄥˊ ㄘˊ

ㄔㄡ ㄒㄧㄤˋ ㄇㄧㄥˊ ㄘˊ

чоусян минцы

/ʈ͡ʂʰoʊ̯⁵⁵ ɕi̯ɑŋ⁵¹ miŋ³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/t͡sʰɐu̯⁵⁵ t͡sœːŋ²² mɪŋ²¹ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/tʰiu⁴⁴⁻²² siɔŋ²²⁻²¹ biɪŋ²⁴⁻²² su²⁴/

/tʰiu³³ siɔŋ⁴¹⁻²² biɪŋ²⁴⁻²² su²⁴/

/tʰiu⁴⁴⁻²² siɔŋ²²⁻²¹ biɪŋ¹³⁻²² su¹³/

/tʰiu⁴⁴⁻³³ siɔŋ³³⁻¹¹ biɪŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ su²⁴/

/tʰiu⁴⁴⁻³³ siɔŋ³³⁻²¹ biɪŋ²³⁻³³ su²³/

/ʈ͡ʂʰoʊ̯⁵⁵ ɕi̯ɑŋ⁵¹ miŋ³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/t͡sʰɐu̯⁵⁵ t͡sœːŋ²² mɪŋ²¹ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/tʰiu⁴⁴⁻²² siɔŋ²²⁻²¹ biɪŋ²⁴⁻²² su²⁴/

/tʰiu³³ siɔŋ⁴¹⁻²² biɪŋ²⁴⁻²² su²⁴/

/tʰiu⁴⁴⁻²² siɔŋ²²⁻²¹ biɪŋ¹³⁻²² su¹³/

/tʰiu⁴⁴⁻³³ siɔŋ³³⁻¹¹ biɪŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ su²⁴/

/tʰiu⁴⁴⁻³³ siɔŋ³³⁻²¹ biɪŋ²³⁻³³ su²³/


賓語

Sino-Xenic (賓語):
* → Vietnamese: tân ngữ (賓語)

/pin⁵⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/pɐn⁵⁵ jyː¹³/

/pin⁵⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/pɐn⁵⁵ jyː¹³/


虛擬

/ɕy⁵⁵ ni²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/hɵy̯⁵⁵ jiː¹³/

/hɵy̯⁵⁵ jiː²¹/

/hu⁴⁴⁻²² ɡi⁵³/

/hɯ³³ ɡi⁵⁵⁴/

/hi⁴⁴⁻³³ ɡi⁵³/

/hi⁴⁴⁻²² ɡi⁵³/

/hi⁴⁴⁻³³ ɡi⁴¹/

/hɯ³³⁻²³ ŋi⁵²/

/ɕy⁵⁵ ni²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/hɵy̯⁵⁵ jiː¹³/

/hɵy̯⁵⁵ jiː²¹/

/hu⁴⁴⁻²² ɡi⁵³/

/hɯ³³ ɡi⁵⁵⁴/

/hi⁴⁴⁻³³ ɡi⁵³/

/hi⁴⁴⁻²² ɡi⁵³/

/hi⁴⁴⁻³³ ɡi⁴¹/

/hɯ³³⁻²³ ŋi⁵²/

(grammar, grammatical moods) subjunctive


孤立語

/ku⁵⁵ li⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/ku⁵⁵ li⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/


屈折語

Sino-Xenic (屈折語):
* → Korean: 굴절어(屈折語) (guljeoreo)

chʻü¹-chê²-yü³

/t͡ɕʰy⁵⁵ ʈ͡ʂɤ³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/wɐt̚⁵ t͡siːt̚³ jyː¹³/

/t͡ɕʰy⁵⁵ ʈ͡ʂɤ³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/wɐt̚⁵ t͡siːt̚³ jyː¹³/


喉塞音

/xoʊ̯³⁵ sɤ⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/xoʊ̯³⁵ saɪ̯⁵⁵ in⁵⁵/

/hɐu̯²¹ sɐk̚⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/

/xoʊ̯³⁵ sɤ⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/xoʊ̯³⁵ saɪ̯⁵⁵ in⁵⁵/

/hɐu̯²¹ sɐk̚⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/


語尾

/y²¹⁴⁻³⁵ weɪ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/y²¹⁴⁻³⁵ weɪ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

(grammar) Alternative name for 詞尾／词尾 (cíwěi, “suffix; ending”).


比較語言學

ㄅㄧˇ ㄐㄧㄠˋ ㄩˇ ㄧㄢˊ ㄒㄩㄝˊ

ㄅㄧˇ ㄐㄧㄠˋ ㄩˇ ㄧㄢˊ ㄒㄩㄝˊ

бицзяо юйяньсюэ

/pi²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡ɕi̯ɑʊ̯⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹ jɛn³⁵ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/pei̯³⁵ kaːu̯³³ jyː¹³ jiːn²¹ hɔːk̚²/

/pei̯³⁵ kaːu̯³³ jyː¹³ jiːn²¹ hɔːk̚²/

comparative linguistics
comparative linguistics


多音字

/tu̯ɔ⁵⁵ in⁵⁵ t͡sz̩⁵¹/

/tɔː⁵⁵ jɐm⁵⁵ t͡siː²²/

/tu̯ɔ⁵⁵ in⁵⁵ t͡sz̩⁵¹/

/tɔː⁵⁵ jɐm⁵⁵ t͡siː²²/

(linguistics) character with two or more readings; heteronym


連線

/li̯ɛn³⁵ ɕi̯ɛn⁵¹/

/li̯ɛn³⁵ ɕi̯ɛn⁵¹/


派生詞

/pʰaɪ̯⁵¹ ʂɤŋ⁵⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/pʰaːi̯³³ sɐŋ⁵⁵ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/pʰaɪ̯⁵¹ ʂɤŋ⁵⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/pʰaːi̯³³ sɐŋ⁵⁵ t͡sʰiː²¹/


借字

/t͡ɕi̯ɛ⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡sz̩⁵¹/

/t͡ɕi̯ɛ⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡sz̩⁵¹/

(linguistics) phonetic loan character; word that takes another's meaning


通假字

/tʰʊŋ⁵⁵ t͡ɕi̯ä²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡sz̩⁵¹/

/tʰʊŋ⁵⁵ kaː³⁵ t͡siː²²/

/tʰʊŋ⁵⁵ t͡ɕi̯ä²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡sz̩⁵¹/

/tʰʊŋ⁵⁵ kaː³⁵ t͡siː²²/


通假

/tʰʊŋ⁵⁵ t͡ɕi̯ä²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/tʰʊŋ⁵⁵ kaː³⁵/

/tʰʊŋ⁵⁵ t͡ɕi̯ä²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/tʰʊŋ⁵⁵ kaː³⁵/

(linguistics) use of a Chinese character interchangeably for a phonetically related character


嘆詞

/tʰän⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/tʰaːn³³ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/tʰan⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ sɯ²⁴/

/tʰan²¹⁻⁵³ su²⁴/

/tʰan²¹⁻⁵³ su¹³/

/tʰän⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/tʰaːn³³ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/tʰan⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ sɯ²⁴/

/tʰan²¹⁻⁵³ su²⁴/

/tʰan²¹⁻⁵³ su¹³/


複輔音

/fu⁵¹ fu²¹⁴⁻²¹ in⁵⁵/

/fʊk̚⁵ fuː²² jɐm⁵⁵/

/fu⁵¹ fu²¹⁴⁻²¹ in⁵⁵/

/fʊk̚⁵ fuː²² jɐm⁵⁵/


輔音

Sino-Xenic (輔音):
* → Vietnamese: phụ âm (輔音)

/fu²¹⁴⁻²¹ in⁵⁵/

/fuː²² jɐm⁵⁵/

/fu³² jim³³⁻³³⁵/

/hu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ im⁴⁴/

/fu²¹⁴⁻²¹ in⁵⁵/

/fuː²² jɐm⁵⁵/

/fu³² jim³³⁻³³⁵/

/hu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ im⁴⁴/


釋義

/ʂʐ̩⁵¹⁻⁵³ i⁵¹/

/sɪk̚⁵ jiː²²/

/siak̚⁵⁻²⁴ ɡi⁴¹/

/siɪk̚³²⁻⁵ ɡi²²/

/siɪk̚³²⁻⁴ ɡi³³/

/siɪk̚³²⁻⁴ ɡi²²/

/sek̚²⁻⁴ ŋi³⁵/

/ʂʐ̩⁵¹⁻⁵³ i⁵¹/

/sɪk̚⁵ jiː²²/

/siak̚⁵⁻²⁴ ɡi⁴¹/

/siɪk̚³²⁻⁵ ɡi²²/

/siɪk̚³²⁻⁴ ɡi³³/

/siɪk̚³²⁻⁴ ɡi²²/

/sek̚²⁻⁴ ŋi³⁵/

(linguistics, translation studies, law) to define (a term, concept or text); to explain; to interpret; to paraphrase


釋義

/ʂʐ̩⁵¹⁻⁵³ i⁵¹/

/sɪk̚⁵ jiː²²/

/siak̚⁵⁻²⁴ ɡi⁴¹/

/siɪk̚³²⁻⁵ ɡi²²/

/siɪk̚³²⁻⁴ ɡi³³/

/siɪk̚³²⁻⁴ ɡi²²/

/sek̚²⁻⁴ ŋi³⁵/

/ʂʐ̩⁵¹⁻⁵³ i⁵¹/

/sɪk̚⁵ jiː²²/

/siak̚⁵⁻²⁴ ɡi⁴¹/

/siɪk̚³²⁻⁵ ɡi²²/

/siɪk̚³²⁻⁴ ɡi³³/

/siɪk̚³²⁻⁴ ɡi²²/

/sek̚²⁻⁴ ŋi³⁵/

(linguistics, translation studies, law) definition (of a term, concept or text); explanation; interpretation; paraphrase


外來詞

/waɪ̯⁵¹ laɪ̯³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/ŋɔːi̯²² lɔːi̯²¹ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/waɪ̯⁵¹ laɪ̯³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/ŋɔːi̯²² lɔːi̯²¹ t͡sʰiː²¹/


語系

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ ɕi⁵¹/

/jyː¹³ hɐi̯²²/

/ŋy³³⁻⁵⁵ ⁽ʰ⁻⁾iɛ²⁴²/

/ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ he³³/

/ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ he²²/

/ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ he⁴¹/

/ɡi⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ he³³/

/ɡi⁵³⁻⁴⁴ he²²/

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ ɕi⁵¹/

/jyː¹³ hɐi̯²²/

/ŋy³³⁻⁵⁵ ⁽ʰ⁻⁾iɛ²⁴²/

/ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ he³³/

/ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ he²²/

/ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ he⁴¹/

/ɡi⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ he³³/

/ɡi⁵³⁻⁴⁴ he²²/


語族

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡su³⁵/

/jyː¹³ t͡sʊk̚²/

/ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ t͡sɔk̚⁴/

/ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ t͡sɔk̚²⁴/

/ɡi⁵³⁻⁴⁴ t͡sɔk̚¹²¹/

/ɡi⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ t͡sɔk̚⁴/

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡su³⁵/

/jyː¹³ t͡sʊk̚²/

/ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ t͡sɔk̚⁴/

/ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ t͡sɔk̚²⁴/

/ɡi⁵³⁻⁴⁴ t͡sɔk̚¹²¹/

/ɡi⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ t͡sɔk̚⁴/

斯拉夫語族

斯拉夫语族

閃米特語族

闪米特语族

A language family and an ethnic group are two essentially different concepts.

2019 July 21, State Council Information Office, 《新疆的若干历史问题》 [Historical Matters Concerning Xinjiang]

Yǔzú hé mínzú shì liǎng ge bùtóng de gàiniàn, yǒuzhe běnzhì de qūbié.

語族和民族是兩個不同的概念，有著本質的區別。

语族和民族是两个不同的概念，有着本质的区别。

(linguistics) a rank in linguistic taxonomy which is one level below family; language branch


外來語

/waɪ̯⁵¹ laɪ̯³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/ŋɔːi̯²² lɔːi̯²¹ jyː¹³/

/ɡua³³⁻¹¹ lai²⁴⁻¹¹ ɡu⁵³/

/ɡua²²⁻²¹ lai²⁴⁻²² ɡu⁵³/

/ɡua⁴¹⁻²² lai²⁴⁻²² ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴/

/ɡua³³⁻²¹ lai²³⁻³³ ɡi⁴¹/

/ɡua²²⁻²¹ lai¹³⁻²² ɡi⁵³/

/waɪ̯⁵¹ laɪ̯³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/ŋɔːi̯²² lɔːi̯²¹ jyː¹³/

/ɡua³³⁻¹¹ lai²⁴⁻¹¹ ɡu⁵³/

/ɡua²²⁻²¹ lai²⁴⁻²² ɡu⁵³/

/ɡua⁴¹⁻²² lai²⁴⁻²² ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴/

/ɡua³³⁻²¹ lai²³⁻³³ ɡi⁴¹/

/ɡua²²⁻²¹ lai¹³⁻²² ɡi⁵³/


對應

ja-r

対応(たいおう) (taiō)

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (對應):
* → Japanese: 対応(たいおう) (taiō)
* → Korean: 대응(對應) (daeeung)
* → Vietnamese: đối ứng (對應)

/tu̯eɪ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ iŋ⁵¹/

/tɵy̯³³ jɪŋ³³/

/tui⁴²⁻⁵⁵ iŋ⁴²/

/tui²¹⁻⁵³ iɪŋ²¹/

/tui⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ iɪŋ⁴¹/

/tui²¹⁻⁵³ iɪŋ²¹/

/tui¹¹⁻⁵³ iɪŋ¹¹/

/tui²¹⁻⁴¹ iɪŋ²¹/

/tu̯eɪ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ iŋ⁵¹/

/tɵy̯³³ jɪŋ³³/

/tui⁴²⁻⁵⁵ iŋ⁴²/

/tui²¹⁻⁵³ iɪŋ²¹/

/tui⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ iɪŋ⁴¹/

/tui²¹⁻⁵³ iɪŋ²¹/

/tui¹¹⁻⁵³ iɪŋ¹¹/

/tui²¹⁻⁴¹ iɪŋ²¹/

對應陰性

对应阴性


詞頭

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ tʰoʊ̯³⁵/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ tʰɐu̯²¹/

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ tʰoʊ̯³⁵/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ tʰɐu̯²¹/


前綴

/t͡ɕʰi̯ɛn³⁵ ʈ͡ʂu̯eɪ̯⁵¹/

/t͡sʰiːn²¹ t͡sɵy̯³³/

/t͡sʰiːn²¹ t͡sɵy̯²²/

/t͡ɕʰi̯ɛn³⁵ ʈ͡ʂu̯eɪ̯⁵¹/

/t͡sʰiːn²¹ t͡sɵy̯³³/

/t͡sʰiːn²¹ t͡sɵy̯²²/


詞尾

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ weɪ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ mei̯¹³/

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ weɪ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ mei̯¹³/

(linguistic morphology) suffix; ending; termination


後綴

/xoʊ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ ʈ͡ʂu̯eɪ̯⁵¹/

/hɐu̯²² t͡sɵy̯³³/

/hɐu̯²² t͡sɵy̯²²/

/xoʊ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ ʈ͡ʂu̯eɪ̯⁵¹/

/hɐu̯²² t͡sɵy̯³³/

/hɐu̯²² t͡sɵy̯²²/


連用

/li̯ɛn³⁵ jʊŋ⁵¹/

/liːn²¹ jʊŋ²²/

/li̯ɛn³⁵ jʊŋ⁵¹/

/liːn²¹ jʊŋ²²/

(Japanese grammar) The conjunctive form (連用形).


聯覺

/li̯ɛn³⁵ t͡ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/lyːn²¹ kɔːk̚³/

/li̯ɛn³⁵ t͡ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/lyːn²¹ kɔːk̚³/


主音

/ʈ͡ʂu²¹⁴⁻²¹ in⁵⁵/

/t͡syː³⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/

/ʈ͡ʂu²¹⁴⁻²¹ in⁵⁵/

/t͡syː³⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/


變格

/pi̯ɛn⁵¹ kɤ³⁵/

/piɛn²¹⁻⁵³ kʰiɪk̚³²/

/piɛn⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ kʰiɪk̚⁵/

/piɛn²¹⁻⁵³ kʰiɪk̚³²/

/piɛn¹¹⁻⁵³ kʰiɪk̚³²/

/piɛn²¹⁻⁴¹ kʰiɪk̚³²/

/pi̯ɛn⁵¹ kɤ³⁵/

/piɛn²¹⁻⁵³ kʰiɪk̚³²/

/piɛn⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ kʰiɪk̚⁵/

/piɛn²¹⁻⁵³ kʰiɪk̚³²/

/piɛn¹¹⁻⁵³ kʰiɪk̚³²/

/piɛn²¹⁻⁴¹ kʰiɪk̚³²/


喌音

/ʈ͡ʂoʊ̯⁵⁵ in⁵⁵/

/t͡sɐu̯⁵⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/

/ʈ͡ʂoʊ̯⁵⁵ in⁵⁵/

/t͡sɐu̯⁵⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/


塞擦音

/sɤ⁵¹ t͡sʰä⁵⁵ in⁵⁵/

/sɐk̚⁵ t͡sʰaːt̚³ jɐm⁵⁵/

/sɤ⁵¹ t͡sʰä⁵⁵ in⁵⁵/

/sɐk̚⁵ t͡sʰaːt̚³ jɐm⁵⁵/


塞音

/saɪ̯⁵⁵ in⁵⁵/

/sɐk̚⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/

/siɪk̚³²⁻⁴ im⁴⁴/

/siɪk̚³²⁻⁵ im⁴⁴/

/saɪ̯⁵⁵ in⁵⁵/

/sɐk̚⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/

/siɪk̚³²⁻⁴ im⁴⁴/

/siɪk̚³²⁻⁵ im⁴⁴/

(phonetics) stop consonant; plosive consonant


擦音

/t͡sʰä⁵⁵ in⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰaːt̚³ jɐm⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰä⁵⁵ in⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰaːt̚³ jɐm⁵⁵/


流音

/li̯oʊ̯³⁵ in⁵⁵/

/lɐu̯²¹ jɐm⁵⁵/

/li̯oʊ̯³⁵ in⁵⁵/

/lɐu̯²¹ jɐm⁵⁵/


響音

/ɕi̯ɑŋ²¹⁴⁻²¹ in⁵⁵/

/hœːŋ³⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/

/ɕi̯ɑŋ²¹⁴⁻²¹ in⁵⁵/

/hœːŋ³⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/


噝音

/siː⁵⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/

/siː⁵⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/


噝音

/siː⁵⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/

/siː⁵⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/

historical linguistics
historical linguistics


閃音

/ʂän²¹⁴⁻²¹ in⁵⁵/

/ʂän²¹⁴⁻²¹ in⁵⁵/

(phonetics) flap consonant, tap consonant


邊音

/piɛn⁴⁴⁻²² im⁴⁴/

/piɛn⁴⁴⁻²² im⁴⁴/


內爆音

/neɪ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ pɑʊ̯⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/nɔːi̯²² paːu̯³³ jɐm⁵⁵/

/neɪ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ pɑʊ̯⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/nɔːi̯²² paːu̯³³ jɐm⁵⁵/


擠喉音

/t͡ɕi²¹⁴⁻²¹ xoʊ̯³⁵ in⁵⁵/

/t͡ɕi²¹⁴⁻²¹ xoʊ̯³⁵ in⁵⁵/


彈音

/tʰän³⁵ in⁵⁵/

/tʰän³⁵ in⁵⁵/


顫音

/ʈ͡ʂʰän⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/ʈ͡ʂän⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/ʈ͡ʂʰän⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/ʈ͡ʂän⁵¹ in⁵⁵/


近音

/kɐn²² jɐm⁵⁵/

/kɐn²² jɐm⁵⁵/


眾數

/ʈ͡ʂʊŋ⁵¹⁻⁵³ ʂu⁵¹/

/t͡sʊŋ³³ sou̯³³/

/ʈ͡ʂʊŋ⁵¹⁻⁵³ ʂu⁵¹/

/t͡sʊŋ³³ sou̯³³/


調類

/ti̯ɑʊ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ leɪ̯⁵¹/

/ti̯ɑʊ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ leɪ̯⁵¹/

It is essential to distinguish different tones when studying Chinese.

Xuéxí hànyǔ fāyīn yīdìng yào fēn qīngchǔ diàolèi.

學習漢語發音一定要分清楚調類。

学习汉语发音一定要分清楚调类。

(linguistics) tone category; type of tone


轉注

/ʈ͡ʂu̯än²¹⁴⁻²¹ ʈ͡ʂu⁵¹/

/ʈ͡ʂu̯än²¹⁴⁻²¹ ʈ͡ʂu⁵¹/

六書

for the Chinese character classification

(linguistics) figurative extension of meaning

(Chinese character classification) Chinese characters that are "derivative cognates", appearing in the liùshū

指事

六書／六书 (liùshū, “The six types of Han characters”)


詞語

Sino-Xenic (詞語):
* → Vietnamese: từ ngữ (詞語)

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ jyː¹³/

/su²⁴⁻²² ɡu⁵³/

/sɯ²⁴⁻²² ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴/

/su¹³⁻²² ɡi⁵³/

/sɯ⁵⁵⁻¹¹ ɡɯ⁵²/

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ jyː¹³/

/su²⁴⁻²² ɡu⁵³/

/sɯ²⁴⁻²² ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴/

/su¹³⁻²² ɡi⁵³/

/sɯ⁵⁵⁻¹¹ ɡɯ⁵²/

(linguistics) word (general term including monosyllables through to short phrases)


口譯員

/kʰoʊ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹ i⁵¹ ɥɛn³⁵/

/kʰoʊ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹ i⁵¹ ɥɛn³⁵/

(translation studies) interpreter (Classifier: 位 m)


上聲

/ʂɑŋ²¹⁴⁻²¹ ʂɤŋ⁵⁵/

/ʂɑŋ⁵¹ ʂɤŋ⁵⁵/

/sœːŋ¹³ sɪŋ⁵⁵/

/soŋ³¹ saŋ²⁴/

/siɔŋ⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ siã³³/

/siɔŋ⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ siã⁴⁴/

/siɔŋ⁵³⁻⁴⁴ siã⁴⁴/

/siaŋ⁵³⁻⁴⁴ siã⁴⁴/

/t͡siũ³³⁻¹¹ siã⁴⁴/

/t͡siũ³³⁻²¹ siã⁴⁴/

/siɔŋ³³⁻²¹ siã⁴⁴/

/siɔŋ³³⁻¹¹ siã⁴⁴/

/siaŋ³⁵⁻¹¹ sĩã³³/

/ʂɑŋ²¹⁴⁻²¹ ʂɤŋ⁵⁵/

/ʂɑŋ⁵¹ ʂɤŋ⁵⁵/

/sœːŋ¹³ sɪŋ⁵⁵/

/soŋ³¹ saŋ²⁴/

/siɔŋ⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ siã³³/

/siɔŋ⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ siã⁴⁴/

/siɔŋ⁵³⁻⁴⁴ siã⁴⁴/

/siaŋ⁵³⁻⁴⁴ siã⁴⁴/

/t͡siũ³³⁻¹¹ siã⁴⁴/

/t͡siũ³³⁻²¹ siã⁴⁴/

/siɔŋ³³⁻²¹ siã⁴⁴/

/siɔŋ³³⁻¹¹ siã⁴⁴/

/siaŋ³⁵⁻¹¹ sĩã³³/

Level tone is sad and stable. Rising tone is strident and rising. Departing tone is clear and distant. Entering tone is straight and abrupt.

early 9th century 元和韻譜 Yuanhe Yunpu; quoted and translated in Ting (1996).

Píngshēng āi ér ān, shǎngshēng lì ér jǔ, qùshēng qīng ér yuǎn, rùshēng zhí ér cù.

平聲哀而安，上聲厲而舉，去聲清而遠，入聲直而促。

平声哀而安，上声厉而举，去声清而远，入声直而促。

(Chinese phonetics) rising tone (one of the four tones in Middle Chinese, also a tone in various modern varieties, e.g. tone 3 (/˨˩˦/) in Standard Mandarin (marked with a caron [ ˇ ] in Hanyu Pinyin and bopomofo), tone 3 in Meixian Hakka (/˧˩/), and tone 2 in Xiamen/Taiwanese Hokkien (/˥˧/))


去聲

/t͡ɕʰy⁵¹ ʂɤŋ⁵⁵/

/hɵy̯³³ sɪŋ⁵⁵/

/kʰi²¹⁻⁴¹ siã⁴⁴/

/kʰi¹¹⁻⁵³ siã⁴⁴/

/kʰi²¹⁻⁵³ siã⁴⁴/

/kʰɯ⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ siã³³/

/t͡ɕʰy⁴⁴ sən/

/t͡ɕʰy⁵¹ ʂɤŋ⁵⁵/

/hɵy̯³³ sɪŋ⁵⁵/

/kʰi²¹⁻⁴¹ siã⁴⁴/

/kʰi¹¹⁻⁵³ siã⁴⁴/

/kʰi²¹⁻⁵³ siã⁴⁴/

/kʰɯ⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ siã³³/

/t͡ɕʰy⁴⁴ sən/

平聲哀而安，上聲厲而舉，去聲清而遠，入聲直而促。

平声哀而安，上声厉而举，去声清而远，入声直而促。

(Chinese phonetics) departing tone (one of the four tones in Middle Chinese, also a tone in various modern varieties, e.g. tone 4 (/˥˩/) in Standard Mandarin (marked with a grave accent [ ` ] in Hanyu Pinyin and bopomofo) and tone 4 in Meixian Hakka (/˥˧/))


輕聲

/t͡ɕʰiŋ⁵⁵ ʂɤŋ⁵⁵/

/hɪŋ⁵⁵ sɪŋ⁵⁵/

/kʰin⁴⁴⁻²² siã⁴⁴/

/kʰin⁴⁴⁻²² siã⁴⁴/

/kʰin⁴⁴⁻³³ siã⁴⁴/

/kʰin⁴⁴⁻³³ siã⁴⁴/

/kʰeŋ³³⁻²³ sĩã³³/

/t͡ɕʰiŋ⁵⁵ ʂɤŋ⁵⁵/

/hɪŋ⁵⁵ sɪŋ⁵⁵/

/kʰin⁴⁴⁻²² siã⁴⁴/

/kʰin⁴⁴⁻²² siã⁴⁴/

/kʰin⁴⁴⁻³³ siã⁴⁴/

/kʰin⁴⁴⁻³³ siã⁴⁴/

/kʰeŋ³³⁻²³ sĩã³³/

The bo (蔔) in luóbo (蘿蔔, radish) needs to be read with a neutral tone.

「蘿蔔」的「蔔」要念輕聲。

「萝卜」的「卜」要念轻声。

(phonology) neutral tone; in Hanyu Pinyin usually left unmarked (or optionally marked with ·) and in bopomofo marked with ˙


入聲

/ʐu⁵¹ ʂɤŋ⁵⁵/

/jɐp̚² sɪŋ⁵⁵/

/ŋip̚⁵ saŋ²⁴/

/zip̚⁴⁻³² siã⁴⁴/

/d͡zip̚¹²¹⁻²¹ siã⁴⁴/

/lip̚⁴⁻³² siã⁴⁴/

/lip̚²⁴⁻² siã³³/

/ʐu⁵¹ ʂɤŋ⁵⁵/

/jɐp̚² sɪŋ⁵⁵/

/ŋip̚⁵ saŋ²⁴/

/zip̚⁴⁻³² siã⁴⁴/

/d͡zip̚¹²¹⁻²¹ siã⁴⁴/

/lip̚⁴⁻³² siã⁴⁴/

/lip̚²⁴⁻² siã³³/

平聲哀而安，上聲厲而舉，去聲清而遠，入聲直而促。

平声哀而安，上声厉而举，去声清而远，入声直而促。

(Chinese phonetics) entering tone (one of the four tones of Middle Chinese)


定語

/tiŋ⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/tɪŋ²² jyː¹³/

/tiŋ⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/tɪŋ²² jyː¹³/


詞目

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ mu⁵¹/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ mʊk̚²/

/zz̩²² moʔ⁴⁴/

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ mu⁵¹/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ mʊk̚²/

/zz̩²² moʔ⁴⁴/


底層

/ti²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡sʰɤŋ³⁵/

/tɐi̯³⁵ t͡sʰɐŋ²¹/

/tue⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ t͡san²⁴/

/te⁵³⁻⁴⁴ t͡san¹³/

/te⁵³⁻⁴⁴ t͡san²⁴/

/te⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ t͡san²³/

/toi⁵²⁻³⁵ t͡saŋ⁵⁵/

/ti²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡sʰɤŋ³⁵/

/tɐi̯³⁵ t͡sʰɐŋ²¹/

/tue⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ t͡san²⁴/

/te⁵³⁻⁴⁴ t͡san¹³/

/te⁵³⁻⁴⁴ t͡san²⁴/

/te⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ t͡san²³/

/toi⁵²⁻³⁵ t͡saŋ⁵⁵/


重音

/ʈ͡ʂʊŋ⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰʊŋ¹³ jɐm⁵⁵/

/ʈ͡ʂʊŋ⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰʊŋ¹³ jɐm⁵⁵/

(phonetics) accent (of a word); stress (on a syllable)


捲舌音

/t͡ɕy̯ɛn²¹⁴⁻²¹ ʂɤ³⁵ in⁵⁵/

/t͡ɕy̯ɛn²¹⁴⁻²¹ ʂɤ³⁵ in⁵⁵/


複合詞

/fu⁵¹ xɤ³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/fu⁵¹ xɤ³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

(linguistics) compound word (word composed of others)


共同語言

ㄍㄨㄥˋ ㄊㄨㄥˊ ㄩˇ ㄧㄢˊ

ㄍㄨㄥˋ ㄊㄨㄥˊ ㄩˇ ㄧㄢˊ

гунтун юйянь

/kʊŋ⁵¹ tʰʊŋ³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹ jɛn³⁵/

/kʊŋ²² tʰʊŋ²¹ jyː¹³ jiːn²¹/

/kʊŋ⁵¹ tʰʊŋ³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹ jɛn³⁵/

/kʊŋ²² tʰʊŋ²¹ jyː¹³ jiːn²¹/

(linguistics) common language; lingua franca


話語

/xu̯ä⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/waː²² jyː¹³/

/ua²⁴²⁻⁵³ ŋy³³/

/ua¹¹ ⁽ᵏ⁻⁾y⁴⁵³/

/ua²¹ ⁽ᵏ⁻⁾y³³²/

/ue²²⁻²¹ ɡu⁵³/

/ue³³⁻¹¹ ɡu⁵³/

/ue⁴¹⁻²² ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴/

/ua²²⁻²¹ ɡi⁵³/

/ue³³⁻²¹ ɡi⁴¹/

/ua²¹ ɡu⁴⁴⁵/

/ɦo²² n̠ʲy⁴⁴/

/xu̯ä⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/waː²² jyː¹³/

/ua²⁴²⁻⁵³ ŋy³³/

/ua¹¹ ⁽ᵏ⁻⁾y⁴⁵³/

/ua²¹ ⁽ᵏ⁻⁾y³³²/

/ue²²⁻²¹ ɡu⁵³/

/ue³³⁻¹¹ ɡu⁵³/

/ue⁴¹⁻²² ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴/

/ua²²⁻²¹ ɡi⁵³/

/ue³³⁻²¹ ɡi⁴¹/

/ua²¹ ɡu⁴⁴⁵/

/ɦo²² n̠ʲy⁴⁴/

(linguistics, translation studies) discourse


近義詞

/t͡ɕin⁵¹⁻⁵³ i⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/kɐn²² jiː²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/t͡ɕin⁵¹⁻⁵³ i⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/kɐn²² jiː²² t͡sʰiː²¹/


謂語

/weɪ̯⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/wɐi̯²² jyː¹³/

/ui²²⁻²¹ ɡu⁵³/

/ui⁴¹⁻²² ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴/

/ui²²⁻²¹ ɡi⁵³/

/weɪ̯⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/wɐi̯²² jyː¹³/

/ui²²⁻²¹ ɡu⁵³/

/ui⁴¹⁻²² ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴/

/ui²²⁻²¹ ɡi⁵³/


限定詞

ㄒㄧㄢˋ ㄉㄧㄥˋ ㄘˊ

ㄒㄧㄢˋ ㄉㄧㄥˋ ㄘˊ

/ɕi̯ɛn⁵¹⁻⁵³ tiŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/haːn²² tɪŋ²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/ɕi̯ɛn⁵¹⁻⁵³ tiŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/haːn²² tɪŋ²² t͡sʰiː²¹/


詞綴

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ ʈ͡ʂu̯eɪ̯⁵¹/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ t͡sɵy̯³³/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ t͡sɵy̯²²/

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ ʈ͡ʂu̯eɪ̯⁵¹/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ t͡sɵy̯³³/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ t͡sɵy̯²²/

(linguistic morphology) affix (bound morpheme added to a word’s stem)


語域

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ y⁵¹/

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ y⁵¹/

(linguistics, translation studies) register


強勢

/t͡ɕʰi̯ɑŋ³⁵ ʂʐ̩⁵¹/

/kʰœːŋ²¹ sɐi̯³³/

/kʰi̯oŋ¹¹ sɨ⁵⁵/

/kʰioŋ⁵⁵ ʃe¹¹/

/kyɒŋ¹³⁻⁵⁵ ɬe⁴²/

/kyøŋ²⁴⁻⁵⁵ ɬe⁴²/

/kiɔŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ se¹¹/

/kiɔŋ²³⁻³³ se²¹/

/kiɔŋ²⁴⁻²² se⁴¹/

/kiɔŋ²⁴⁻²² se²¹/

/kiaŋ¹³⁻²² si²¹/

/kiɔŋ²³⁻³³ si²¹/

/t͡ɕʰi̯ɑŋ³⁵ ʂʐ̩⁵¹/

/kʰœːŋ²¹ sɐi̯³³/

/kʰi̯oŋ¹¹ sɨ⁵⁵/

/kʰioŋ⁵⁵ ʃe¹¹/

/kyɒŋ¹³⁻⁵⁵ ɬe⁴²/

/kyøŋ²⁴⁻⁵⁵ ɬe⁴²/

/kiɔŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ se¹¹/

/kiɔŋ²³⁻³³ se²¹/

/kiɔŋ²⁴⁻²² se⁴¹/

/kiɔŋ²⁴⁻²² se²¹/

/kiaŋ¹³⁻²² si²¹/

/kiɔŋ²³⁻³³ si²¹/


強勢

/t͡ɕʰi̯ɑŋ³⁵ ʂʐ̩⁵¹/

/kʰœːŋ²¹ sɐi̯³³/

/kʰi̯oŋ¹¹ sɨ⁵⁵/

/kʰioŋ⁵⁵ ʃe¹¹/

/kyɒŋ¹³⁻⁵⁵ ɬe⁴²/

/kyøŋ²⁴⁻⁵⁵ ɬe⁴²/

/kiɔŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ se¹¹/

/kiɔŋ²³⁻³³ se²¹/

/kiɔŋ²⁴⁻²² se⁴¹/

/kiɔŋ²⁴⁻²² se²¹/

/kiaŋ¹³⁻²² si²¹/

/kiɔŋ²³⁻³³ si²¹/

/t͡ɕʰi̯ɑŋ³⁵ ʂʐ̩⁵¹/

/kʰœːŋ²¹ sɐi̯³³/

/kʰi̯oŋ¹¹ sɨ⁵⁵/

/kʰioŋ⁵⁵ ʃe¹¹/

/kyɒŋ¹³⁻⁵⁵ ɬe⁴²/

/kyøŋ²⁴⁻⁵⁵ ɬe⁴²/

/kiɔŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ se¹¹/

/kiɔŋ²³⁻³³ se²¹/

/kiɔŋ²⁴⁻²² se⁴¹/

/kiɔŋ²⁴⁻²² se²¹/

/kiaŋ¹³⁻²² si²¹/

/kiɔŋ²³⁻³³ si²¹/


系詞

/ɕi⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/hɐi̯²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/ɕi⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/hɐi̯²² t͡sʰiː²¹/


日耳曼

Sino-Xenic (日耳曼):
* → Vietnamese: Nhật Nhĩ Man (日耳曼)

/ʐ̩⁵¹ ˀɤɻ²¹⁴⁻²¹ män⁵¹/

/jɐt̚² jiː¹³ maːn²²/

/zit̚⁴⁻³² nĩ⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ ban²³/

/zəʔ¹¹ əl²² mø²³/

/ʐ̩⁵¹ ˀɤɻ²¹⁴⁻²¹ män⁵¹/

/jɐt̚² jiː¹³ maːn²²/

/zit̚⁴⁻³² nĩ⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ ban²³/

/zəʔ¹¹ əl²² mø²³/

(linguistics) Germanic (relating to the language or group of languages known as Germanic)


假朋友

ㄐㄧㄚˇ ㄆㄥˊ ˙ㄧㄡ

ㄐㄧㄚˇ ㄆㄥˊ ㄧㄡˇ

/t͡ɕi̯ä²¹⁴⁻²¹ pʰɤŋ³⁵ joʊ̯³/

/t͡ɕi̯ä²¹⁴⁻²¹ pʰɤŋ³⁵ joʊ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/kaː³⁵ pʰɐŋ²¹ jɐu̯¹³/

/t͡ɕi̯ä²¹⁴⁻²¹ pʰɤŋ³⁵ joʊ̯³/

/t͡ɕi̯ä²¹⁴⁻²¹ pʰɤŋ³⁵ joʊ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/kaː³⁵ pʰɐŋ²¹ jɐu̯¹³/

Calque of English false friend, in turn a calque of French faux-ami.

(linguistics, translation studies, lexicography) false friend; faux ami


偽友

/weɪ̯²¹⁴⁻³⁵ joʊ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/weɪ̯⁵¹ joʊ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/weɪ̯²¹⁴⁻³⁵ joʊ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/weɪ̯⁵¹ joʊ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/


假友

/t͡ɕi̯ä²¹⁴⁻³⁵ joʊ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/t͡ɕi̯ä²¹⁴⁻³⁵ joʊ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/


假等義

/t͡ɕi̯ä²¹⁴⁻³⁵ tɤŋ²¹⁴⁻²¹ i⁵¹/

/t͡ɕi̯ä²¹⁴⁻³⁵ tɤŋ²¹⁴⁻²¹ i⁵¹/


變音

Sino-Xenic (變音):
* → Korean: 변음(變音) (byeoneum)

/piɛn²¹⁻⁵³ im⁴⁴/

/piɛn⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ im³³/

/piɛn²¹⁻⁵³ im⁴⁴/

/piɛn¹¹⁻⁵³ im⁴⁴/

/piɛn²¹⁻⁴¹ im⁴⁴/

/piɛn²¹⁻⁵³ im⁴⁴/

/piɛn⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ im³³/

/piɛn²¹⁻⁵³ im⁴⁴/

/piɛn¹¹⁻⁵³ im⁴⁴/

/piɛn²¹⁻⁴¹ im⁴⁴/


意譯

音譯

antonym(s) of “to translate a word by meaning”

/i⁵¹⁻⁵³ i⁵¹/

/jiː³³ jɪk̚²/

/i²¹⁻⁵³ iɪk̚⁴/

/i¹¹⁻⁵³ iɪk̚⁴/

/i²¹⁻⁴¹ iɪk̚⁴/

/i²¹³⁻⁵⁵ ek̚⁴/

/i⁵¹⁻⁵³ i⁵¹/

/jiː³³ jɪk̚²/

/i²¹⁻⁵³ iɪk̚⁴/

/i¹¹⁻⁵³ iɪk̚⁴/

/i²¹⁻⁴¹ iɪk̚⁴/

/i²¹³⁻⁵⁵ ek̚⁴/

(linguistics, translation studies) to translate (a passage) freely; to translate using paraphrasing

(linguistics, translation studies) to translate (a word) into another language by meaning (as opposed to by sound); to calque


意譯

/i⁵¹⁻⁵³ i⁵¹/

/jiː³³ jɪk̚²/

/i²¹⁻⁵³ iɪk̚⁴/

/i¹¹⁻⁵³ iɪk̚⁴/

/i²¹⁻⁴¹ iɪk̚⁴/

/i²¹³⁻⁵⁵ ek̚⁴/

/i⁵¹⁻⁵³ i⁵¹/

/jiː³³ jɪk̚²/

/i²¹⁻⁵³ iɪk̚⁴/

/i¹¹⁻⁵³ iɪk̚⁴/

/i²¹⁻⁴¹ iɪk̚⁴/

/i²¹³⁻⁵⁵ ek̚⁴/

(linguistics, translation studies) free translation; paraphrase

(linguistics, translation studies) word translated from another language by meaning; calque


四聲

/sz̩⁵¹ ʂɤŋ⁵⁵/

/sei̯³³ sɪŋ⁵⁵/

/si⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ siã³³/

/si²¹⁻⁵³ siã⁴⁴/

/sz̩⁵¹ ʂɤŋ⁵⁵/

/sei̯³³ sɪŋ⁵⁵/

/si⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ siã³³/

/si²¹⁻⁵³ siã⁴⁴/

(Chinese phonetics, poetry) the four tones of Middle Chinese (traditional tone classes also used for modern varieties of Chinese)

(linguistics) the four tones of Modern Standard Chinese (Mandarin)


聲母

/ʂɤŋ⁵⁵ mu²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/ʂɤŋ⁵⁵ muɻʷ²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/sɪŋ⁵⁵ mou̯¹³/

/siã⁴⁴⁻²² bu⁵³/

/siã³³ bu⁵⁵⁴/

/siã⁴⁴⁻²² bo⁵³/

/sĩã³³⁻²³ bo⁵²/

/ʂɤŋ⁵⁵ mu²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/ʂɤŋ⁵⁵ muɻʷ²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/sɪŋ⁵⁵ mou̯¹³/

/siã⁴⁴⁻²² bu⁵³/

/siã³³ bu⁵⁵⁴/

/siã⁴⁴⁻²² bo⁵³/

/sĩã³³⁻²³ bo⁵²/


可懂度

ㄎㄜˇ ㄉㄨㄥˇ ㄉㄨˋ

ㄎㄜˇ ㄉㄨㄥˇ ㄉㄨˋ

/kʰɤ²¹⁴⁻³⁵ tʊŋ²¹⁴⁻²¹ tu⁵¹/

/kʰɤ²¹⁴⁻³⁵ tʊŋ²¹⁴⁻²¹ tu⁵¹/


可懂

/kʰɤ²¹⁴⁻³⁵ tʊŋ²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/kʰɤ²¹⁴⁻³⁵ tʊŋ²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

(linguistics) understandable; intelligible; comprehensible


通用語

/tʰʊŋ⁵⁵ jʊŋ⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/tʰʊŋ⁵⁵ jʊŋ²² jyː¹³/

/tʰuŋ⁵⁵⁻²¹ ^((Ø-))ŋyŋ²⁴²⁻⁵³ ŋy³³/

/tʰʊŋ⁵⁵ jʊŋ⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/tʰʊŋ⁵⁵ jʊŋ²² jyː¹³/

/tʰuŋ⁵⁵⁻²¹ ^((Ø-))ŋyŋ²⁴²⁻⁵³ ŋy³³/


韻書

Sino-Xenic (韻書):
* → Japanese: 韻書(いんしょ) (insho)
* → Korean: 운서(韻書) (unseo)

/wɐn²² syː⁵⁵/

/wɐn¹³ syː⁵⁵/

/wɐn²² syː⁵⁵/

/wɐn¹³ syː⁵⁵/


詞序

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ ɕy⁵¹/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ t͡sɵy̯²²/

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ ɕy⁵¹/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ t͡sɵy̯²²/


字彙

/t͡sz̩⁵¹⁻⁵³ xu̯eɪ̯⁵¹/

/t͡siː²² wuːi̯²²/

/t͡siː²² wɐi̯²²/

/zi³³⁻²¹ lui³³/

/li⁴¹⁻²² hue⁴¹/

/li²²⁻²¹ hue²²/

/li³³⁻¹¹ lui³³/

/d͡zi²²⁻²¹ hue²²/

/t͡sz̩⁵¹⁻⁵³ xu̯eɪ̯⁵¹/

/t͡siː²² wuːi̯²²/

/t͡siː²² wɐi̯²²/

/zi³³⁻²¹ lui³³/

/li⁴¹⁻²² hue⁴¹/

/li²²⁻²¹ hue²²/

/li³³⁻¹¹ lui³³/

/d͡zi²²⁻²¹ hue²²/

(linguistics, semantics) lexicon; vocabulary


關鍵詞

гуаньцзяньцы

/ku̯än⁵⁵ t͡ɕi̯ɛn⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/kʷaːn⁵⁵ kiːn²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/kuaŋ³³⁻²³ kiaŋ³⁵⁻¹¹ sɯ⁵⁵/

/ku̯än⁵⁵ t͡ɕi̯ɛn⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/kʷaːn⁵⁵ kiːn²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/kuaŋ³³⁻²³ kiaŋ³⁵⁻¹¹ sɯ⁵⁵/


陰性

/in⁵⁵ ɕiŋ⁵¹/

/jɐm⁵⁵ sɪŋ³³/

/im⁴⁴⁻²² siɪŋ²¹/

/im³³ siɪŋ⁴¹/

/im⁴⁴⁻²² siɪŋ²¹/

/im⁴⁴⁻³³ siɪŋ¹¹/

/im⁴⁴⁻³³ siɪŋ²¹/

/im³³⁻²³ sẽ²¹³/

/in⁵⁵ ɕiŋ⁵¹/

/jɐm⁵⁵ sɪŋ³³/

/im⁴⁴⁻²² siɪŋ²¹/

/im³³ siɪŋ⁴¹/

/im⁴⁴⁻²² siɪŋ²¹/

/im⁴⁴⁻³³ siɪŋ¹¹/

/im⁴⁴⁻³³ siɪŋ²¹/

/im³³⁻²³ sẽ²¹³/


同位

/tʰʊŋ³⁵ weɪ̯⁵¹/

/tʰʊŋ²¹ wɐi̯²²/

/tʰʊŋ³⁵ weɪ̯⁵¹/

/tʰʊŋ²¹ wɐi̯²²/


下位詞

/ɕi̯ä⁵¹⁻⁵³ weɪ̯⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/ɕi̯ä⁵¹⁻⁵³ weɪ̯⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/


下義詞

/ɕi̯ä⁵¹⁻⁵³ i⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/ɕi̯ä⁵¹⁻⁵³ i⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/


回譯

/xu̯eɪ̯³⁵ i⁵¹/

/wuːi̯²¹ jɪk̚²/

/xu̯eɪ̯³⁵ i⁵¹/

/wuːi̯²¹ jɪk̚²/


回譯

/xu̯eɪ̯³⁵ i⁵¹/

/wuːi̯²¹ jɪk̚²/

/xu̯eɪ̯³⁵ i⁵¹/

/wuːi̯²¹ jɪk̚²/


情態

Sino-Xenic (情態):
* → Japanese: 情(じょう)態(たい) (jōtai)

/t͡ɕʰiŋ³⁵ tʰaɪ̯⁵¹/

/t͡sʰɪŋ²¹ tʰaːi̯³³/

/t͡siɪŋ¹³⁻²² tʰai²¹/

/t͡siɪŋ²⁴⁻²² tʰai⁴¹/

/t͡siɪŋ²⁴⁻²² tʰai²¹/

/t͡ɕʰiŋ³⁵ tʰaɪ̯⁵¹/

/t͡sʰɪŋ²¹ tʰaːi̯³³/

/t͡siɪŋ¹³⁻²² tʰai²¹/

/t͡siɪŋ²⁴⁻²² tʰai⁴¹/

/t͡siɪŋ²⁴⁻²² tʰai²¹/


人工語言

ㄖㄣˊ ㄍㄨㄥ ㄩˇ ㄧㄢˊ

ㄖㄣˊ ㄍㄨㄥ ㄩˇ ㄧㄢˊ

жэньгун юйянь

/ʐən³⁵ kʊŋ⁵⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹ jɛn³⁵/

/jɐn²¹ kʊŋ⁵⁵ jyː¹³ jiːn²¹/

/ʐən³⁵ kʊŋ⁵⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹ jɛn³⁵/

/jɐn²¹ kʊŋ⁵⁵ jyː¹³ jiːn²¹/

constructed language
constructed language

(linguistics) artificial language; constructed language


交際語

/t͡ɕi̯ɑʊ̯⁵⁵ t͡ɕi⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/kaːu̯⁵⁵ t͡sɐi̯³³ jyː¹³/

/t͡ɕi̯ɑʊ̯⁵⁵ t͡ɕi⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/kaːu̯⁵⁵ t͡sɐi̯³³ jyː¹³/


印歐語

/in⁵¹ ˀoʊ̯⁵⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/jɐn³³ ɐu̯⁵⁵ jyː¹³/

/in⁵¹ ˀoʊ̯⁵⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/jɐn³³ ɐu̯⁵⁵ jyː¹³/


舌背音

/ʂɤ³⁵ peɪ̯⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/siːt̚² puːi̯³³ jɐm⁵⁵/

/siːt̚³ puːi̯³³ jɐm⁵⁵/

/ʂɤ³⁵ peɪ̯⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/siːt̚² puːi̯³³ jɐm⁵⁵/

/siːt̚³ puːi̯³³ jɐm⁵⁵/


方言學

/fɑŋ⁵⁵ jɛn³⁵ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/fɔːŋ⁵⁵ jiːn²¹ hɔːk̚²/

/hɔŋ⁴⁴⁻²² ɡiɛn²⁴⁻²² hak̚⁴/

/fɑŋ⁵⁵ jɛn³⁵ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/fɔːŋ⁵⁵ jiːn²¹ hɔːk̚²/

/hɔŋ⁴⁴⁻²² ɡiɛn²⁴⁻²² hak̚⁴/


語義

Sino-Xenic (語義):
* → Japanese: 語(ご)義(ぎ) (gogi)
* → Korean: 어의(語義) (eoui)

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ i⁵¹/

/jyː¹³ jiː²²/

/ɡi⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ ɡi³³/

/ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ ɡi³³/

/n̠ʲy²² n̠ʲi⁴⁴/

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ i⁵¹/

/jyː¹³ jiː²²/

/ɡi⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ ɡi³³/

/ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ ɡi³³/

/n̠ʲy²² n̠ʲi⁴⁴/

語義範圍

语义范围

(linguistics) sense, meaning of words; semantics


祈使

/t͡ɕʰi³⁵ ʂʐ̩²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/kʰei̯²¹ siː³⁵/

/kʰei̯²¹ sɐi̯³⁵/

/t͡ɕʰi³⁵ ʂʐ̩²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/kʰei̯²¹ siː³⁵/

/kʰei̯²¹ sɐi̯³⁵/

(grammar, in the context of mood) to wish; to request; to command


黏附形式

ㄋㄧㄢˊ ㄈㄨˋ ㄒㄧㄥˊ ㄕˋ

ㄋㄧㄢˊ ㄈㄨˋ ㄒㄧㄥˊ ㄕˋ

няньфу синши

/ni̯ɛn³⁵ fu⁵¹ ɕiŋ³⁵ ʂʐ̩⁵¹/

/ni̯ɛn³⁵ fu⁵¹ ɕiŋ³⁵ ʂʐ̩⁵¹/


不合法

Sino-Xenic (不合法):
* → Vietnamese: bất hợp pháp (不合法)

/pu⁵¹ xɤ³⁵ fä²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/pɐt̚⁵ hɐp̚² faːt̚³/

/pu⁵¹ xɤ³⁵ fä²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/pɐt̚⁵ hɐp̚² faːt̚³/


連綿

/li̯ɛn³⁵ mi̯ɛn³⁵/

/liɛn²⁴⁻²² biɛn²⁴/

/liɛn¹³⁻²² biɛn¹³/

/liɛn²³⁻³³ mĩ²³/

/liɛn²⁴⁻¹¹ mĩ²⁴/

/li̯ɛn³⁵ mi̯ɛn³⁵/

/liɛn²⁴⁻²² biɛn²⁴/

/liɛn¹³⁻²² biɛn¹³/

/liɛn²³⁻³³ mĩ²³/

/liɛn²⁴⁻¹¹ mĩ²⁴/

(Chinese linguistics, of a morpheme) to be disyllabic


反切

Sino-Xenic (反切):
* → Japanese: 反切(はんせつ) (hansetsu)
* → Korean: 반절(反切) (banjeol)
* → Vietnamese: phiên thiết (反切)

→ English: fanqie

→ Russian: фаньце́ (fanʹcé)

/fän²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡ɕʰi̯ɛ⁵¹/

/fän²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡ɕʰi̯ɛ⁵⁵/

/huan⁵³⁻⁴⁴ t͡sʰiɛt̚³²/

/huan⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ t͡sʰiɛt̚⁵/

/huan⁵³⁻⁴⁴ t͡sʰiɛt̚³²/

/huan⁵³⁻⁴⁴ t͡sʰiɛt̚³²/

/huan⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ t͡sʰiɛt̚³²/

/fän²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡ɕʰi̯ɛ⁵¹/

/fän²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡ɕʰi̯ɛ⁵⁵/

/huan⁵³⁻⁴⁴ t͡sʰiɛt̚³²/

/huan⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ t͡sʰiɛt̚⁵/

/huan⁵³⁻⁴⁴ t͡sʰiɛt̚³²/

/huan⁵³⁻⁴⁴ t͡sʰiɛt̚³²/

/huan⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ t͡sʰiɛt̚³²/

(Chinese phonetics) fanqie (in traditional Chinese lexicography, a method of indicating the pronunciation of a character by using two other characters, each giving part of the pronunciation)


音韻學

/in⁵⁵ yn⁵¹ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/jɐm⁵⁵ wɐn²² hɔːk̚²/

/jɐm⁵⁵ wɐn¹³ hɔːk̚²/

/in⁵⁵ yn⁵¹ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/jɐm⁵⁵ wɐn²² hɔːk̚²/

/jɐm⁵⁵ wɐn¹³ hɔːk̚²/

(linguistics) phonology (subfield of linguistics)


零聲母

Sino-Xenic (零聲母):
* → Korean: 영성모(零聲母) (yeongseongmo)

/liŋ³⁵ ʂɤŋ⁵⁵ mu²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/lɪŋ²¹ sɪŋ⁵⁵ mou̯¹³/

/liŋ³⁵ ʂɤŋ⁵⁵ mu²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/lɪŋ²¹ sɪŋ⁵⁵ mou̯¹³/


國際音標

ㄍㄨㄛˊ ㄐㄧˋ ㄧㄣ ㄅㄧㄠ

ㄍㄨㄛˊ ㄐㄧˋ ㄧㄣ ㄅㄧㄠ

гоцзи иньбяо

/ku̯ɔ³⁵ t͡ɕi⁵¹ in⁵⁵ pi̯ɑʊ̯⁵⁵/

/kʷɔːk̚³ t͡sɐi̯³³ jɐm⁵⁵ piːu̯⁵⁵/

/kɔk̚³²⁻⁴ t͡se²¹⁻⁴¹ im⁴⁴⁻³³ pʰiau⁴⁴/

/kɔk̚⁵⁻²⁴ t͡se⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ im³³ pʰiau³³/

/kɔk̚³²⁻⁵ t͡se²¹⁻⁵³ im⁴⁴⁻²² pʰiau⁴⁴/

/kɔk̚³²⁻⁴ t͡se¹¹⁻⁵³ im⁴⁴⁻³³ pʰiau⁴⁴/

/kɔk̚³²⁻⁴ t͡se²¹⁻⁵³ im⁴⁴⁻²² piau⁴⁴/

/kɔk̚³²⁻⁴ t͡se¹¹⁻⁵³ im⁴⁴⁻³³ piau⁴⁴/

/kɔk̚³²⁻⁴ t͡se²¹⁻⁴¹ im⁴⁴⁻³³ piau⁴⁴/

/kok̚²⁻⁴ t͡si²¹³⁻⁵⁵ im³³⁻²³ pʰiɯu³³/

/kok̚²⁻⁴ t͡si²¹³⁻⁵⁵ im³³⁻²³ pʰiau³³/

/kok̚²⁻⁴ t͡si²¹³⁻⁵⁵ iŋ³³⁻²³ pʰiou³³/

/ku̯ɔ³⁵ t͡ɕi⁵¹ in⁵⁵ pi̯ɑʊ̯⁵⁵/

/kʷɔːk̚³ t͡sɐi̯³³ jɐm⁵⁵ piːu̯⁵⁵/

/kɔk̚³²⁻⁴ t͡se²¹⁻⁴¹ im⁴⁴⁻³³ pʰiau⁴⁴/

/kɔk̚⁵⁻²⁴ t͡se⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ im³³ pʰiau³³/

/kɔk̚³²⁻⁵ t͡se²¹⁻⁵³ im⁴⁴⁻²² pʰiau⁴⁴/

/kɔk̚³²⁻⁴ t͡se¹¹⁻⁵³ im⁴⁴⁻³³ pʰiau⁴⁴/

/kɔk̚³²⁻⁴ t͡se²¹⁻⁵³ im⁴⁴⁻²² piau⁴⁴/

/kɔk̚³²⁻⁴ t͡se¹¹⁻⁵³ im⁴⁴⁻³³ piau⁴⁴/

/kɔk̚³²⁻⁴ t͡se²¹⁻⁴¹ im⁴⁴⁻³³ piau⁴⁴/

/kok̚²⁻⁴ t͡si²¹³⁻⁵⁵ im³³⁻²³ pʰiɯu³³/

/kok̚²⁻⁴ t͡si²¹³⁻⁵⁵ im³³⁻²³ pʰiau³³/

/kok̚²⁻⁴ t͡si²¹³⁻⁵⁵ iŋ³³⁻²³ pʰiou³³/

International Phonetic Alphabet
International Phonetic Alphabet

(phonetics) the International Phonetic Alphabet


和製漢語

ㄏㄜˊ ㄓˋ ㄏㄢˋ ㄩˇ

ㄏㄜˊ ㄓˋ ㄏㄢˋ ㄩˇ

хэчжи ханьюй

/xɤ³⁵ ʈ͡ʂʐ̩⁵¹⁻⁵³ xän⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/wɔː²¹ t͡sɐi̯³³ hɔːn³³ jyː¹³/

/xɤ³⁵ ʈ͡ʂʐ̩⁵¹⁻⁵³ xän⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/wɔː²¹ t͡sɐi̯³³ hɔːn³³ jyː¹³/

Wasei kango (和製漢語), orthographically borrowed from Japanese 和(わ)製(せい)漢(かん)語(ご) (wasei kango).

wasei kango

(linguistics) Japanese-made Chinese-character-based words, wasei-kango


引申義

/in²¹⁴⁻²¹ ʂən⁵⁵ i⁵¹/

/jɐn¹³ sɐn⁵⁵ jiː²²/

/in²¹⁴⁻²¹ ʂən⁵⁵ i⁵¹/

/jɐn¹³ sɐn⁵⁵ jiː²²/


引申

/in²¹⁴⁻²¹ ʂən⁵⁵/

/jɐn¹³ sɐn⁵⁵/

/in⁵³⁻⁴⁴ sin⁴⁴/

/in⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ sin³³/

/in²¹⁴⁻²¹ ʂən⁵⁵/

/jɐn¹³ sɐn⁵⁵/

/in⁵³⁻⁴⁴ sin⁴⁴/

/in⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ sin³³/

(linguistics) to have an extended meaning


心理語言學

ㄒㄧㄣ ㄌㄧˇ ㄩˇ ㄧㄢˊ ㄒㄩㄝˊ

ㄒㄧㄣ ㄌㄧˇ ㄩˇ ㄧㄢˊ ㄒㄩㄝˊ

синьли юйяньсюэ

/ɕin⁵⁵ li²¹⁴⁻³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹ jɛn³⁵ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/sɐm⁵⁵ lei̯¹³ jyː¹³ jiːn²¹ hɔːk̚²/

/ɕin⁵⁵ li²¹⁴⁻³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹ jɛn³⁵ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/sɐm⁵⁵ lei̯¹³ jyː¹³ jiːn²¹ hɔːk̚²/


七音

/t͡ɕʰi⁵⁵ in⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰɐt̚⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/

/t͡ɕʰi⁵⁵ in⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰɐt̚⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/

(linguistics) The seven classes of initials in Middle Chinese: velar, "lingual", labial, dental, laryngeal, lateral and dorsal sounds.

(linguistics) seven tones (in a Chinese dialect)

seven sounds
seven tones (in a Chinese dialect)


專有

/ʈ͡ʂu̯än⁵⁵ joʊ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/t͡syːn⁵⁵ jɐu̯¹³/

/ʈ͡ʂu̯än⁵⁵ joʊ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/t͡syːn⁵⁵ jɐu̯¹³/


補語

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (補語):
* → Vietnamese: bổ ngữ (補語)

/pu²¹⁴⁻³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/pu²¹⁴⁻³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

結果補語

结果补语


習語

/ɕi³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/ɕi³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/


脣音

/ʈ͡ʂʰu̯ən³⁵ in⁵⁵/

/sɵn²¹ jɐm⁵⁵/

/tuŋ⁵⁵⁻¹¹ im³³/

/ʈ͡ʂʰu̯ən³⁵ in⁵⁵/

/sɵn²¹ jɐm⁵⁵/

/tuŋ⁵⁵⁻¹¹ im³³/


平聲

ja-r

平声(ひょうしょう) (hyōshō)

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (平聲):
* → Japanese: 平声(ひょうしょう) (hyōshō)
* → Korean: 평성(平聲) (pyeongseong)

desc

→ Vietnamese: thanh bằng (“the ngang or huyền tone”) (calque)

/pʰiŋ³⁵ ʂɤŋ⁵⁵/

/pʰɪŋ²¹ sɪŋ⁵⁵/

/piã²³⁻³³ siã⁴⁴/

/piã²⁴⁻²² siã³³/

/piã²⁴⁻¹¹ siã⁴⁴/

/piã¹³⁻²² siã⁴⁴/

/piã²⁴⁻²² siã⁴⁴/

/pẽ²³⁻³³ siã⁴⁴/

/pʰiŋ³⁵ ʂɤŋ⁵⁵/

/pʰɪŋ²¹ sɪŋ⁵⁵/

/piã²³⁻³³ siã⁴⁴/

/piã²⁴⁻²² siã³³/

/piã²⁴⁻¹¹ siã⁴⁴/

/piã¹³⁻²² siã⁴⁴/

/piã²⁴⁻²² siã⁴⁴/

/pẽ²³⁻³³ siã⁴⁴/

平聲哀而安，上聲厲而舉，去聲清而遠，入聲直而促。

平声哀而安，上声厉而举，去声清而远，入声直而促。

(Chinese phonetics) level tone (one of the four tones in Middle Chinese)

(phonology) the ngang tone of Vietnamese


一聲

/i⁵⁵⁻⁵¹ ʂɤŋ⁵⁵/

/jɐt̚⁵ sɛːŋ⁵⁵/

/i⁵⁵⁻⁵¹ ʂɤŋ⁵⁵/

/jɐt̚⁵ sɛːŋ⁵⁵/

(linguistics) first tone; (especially) alternative name for 陰平／阴平 (yīnpíng, “dark level tone”).


指示代詞

ㄓˇ ㄕˋ ㄉㄞˋ ㄘˊ

ㄓˇ ㄕˋ ㄉㄞˋ ㄘˊ

/ʈ͡ʂʐ̩²¹⁴⁻²¹ ʂʐ̩⁵¹⁻⁵³ taɪ̯⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/t͡siː³⁵ siː²² tɔːi̯²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/ʈ͡ʂʐ̩²¹⁴⁻²¹ ʂʐ̩⁵¹⁻⁵³ taɪ̯⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/t͡siː³⁵ siː²² tɔːi̯²² t͡sʰiː²¹/


施事

/ʂʐ̩⁵⁵ ʂʐ̩⁵¹/

/siː⁵⁵ siː²²/

/ʂʐ̩⁵⁵ ʂʐ̩⁵¹/

/siː⁵⁵ siː²²/


對轉

/tu̯eɪ̯⁵¹ ʈ͡ʂu̯än²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/tɵy̯³³ t͡syːn³⁵/

/tu̯eɪ̯⁵¹ ʈ͡ʂu̯än²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/tɵy̯³³ t͡syːn³⁵/

(linguistics) the etymological relatedness of Old Chinese monosyllabic words with an empty or a nasal coda


人稱代詞

ㄖㄣˊ ㄔㄥ ㄉㄞˋ ㄘˊ

ㄖㄣˊ ㄔㄥ ㄉㄞˋ ㄘˊ

жэньчэндайцы

/ʐən³⁵ ʈ͡ʂʰɤŋ⁵⁵ taɪ̯⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/jɐn²¹ t͡sʰɪŋ⁵⁵ tɔːi̯²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/ʐən³⁵ ʈ͡ʂʰɤŋ⁵⁵ taɪ̯⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/jɐn²¹ t͡sʰɪŋ⁵⁵ tɔːi̯²² t͡sʰiː²¹/


人稱代名詞

ㄖㄣˊ ㄔㄥ ㄉㄞˋ ㄇㄧㄥˊ ㄘˊ

ㄖㄣˊ ㄔㄥ ㄉㄞˋ ㄇㄧㄥˊ ㄘˊ

жэньчэн дайминцы

/ʐən³⁵ ʈ͡ʂʰɤŋ⁵⁵ taɪ̯⁵¹ miŋ³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/ʐən³⁵ ʈ͡ʂʰɤŋ⁵⁵ taɪ̯⁵¹ miŋ³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/


倒置

/tɑʊ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ ʈ͡ʂʐ̩⁵¹/

/tɑʊ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ ʈ͡ʂʐ̩⁵¹/


送氣

/sʊŋ⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡ɕʰi⁵¹/

/sʊŋ⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡ɕʰiə̯ɻ⁵¹/

/sʊŋ³³ hei̯³³/

/saŋ²¹⁻⁴¹ kʰi²¹/

/saŋ¹¹⁻⁵³ kʰi¹¹/

/sʊŋ⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡ɕʰi⁵¹/

/sʊŋ⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡ɕʰiə̯ɻ⁵¹/

/sʊŋ³³ hei̯³³/

/saŋ²¹⁻⁴¹ kʰi²¹/

/saŋ¹¹⁻⁵³ kʰi¹¹/


重讀

/ʈ͡ʂʊŋ⁵¹ tu³⁵/

/t͡sʰʊŋ¹³ tʊk̚²/

/tiɔŋ²² tʰɔk̚²⁴/

/tiɔŋ²²⁻²¹ tʰɔk̚⁴/

/tiɔŋ²²⁻²¹ tʰɔk̚¹²¹/

/taŋ²² tʰak̚²⁴/

/ʈ͡ʂʊŋ⁵¹ tu³⁵/

/t͡sʰʊŋ¹³ tʊk̚²/

/tiɔŋ²² tʰɔk̚²⁴/

/tiɔŋ²²⁻²¹ tʰɔk̚⁴/

/tiɔŋ²²⁻²¹ tʰɔk̚¹²¹/

/taŋ²² tʰak̚²⁴/

/ʈ͡ʂʰʊŋ³⁵ tu³⁵/

/t͡sʰʊŋ²¹ tʊk̚²/

/ʈ͡ʂʰʊŋ³⁵ tu³⁵/

/t͡sʰʊŋ²¹ tʊk̚²/

(phonetics) to stress (a syllable); to emphasise (a syllable)


關鍵字

гуаньцзяньцзы

/ku̯än⁵⁵ t͡ɕi̯ɛn⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡sz̩⁵¹/

/ku̯än⁵⁵ t͡ɕi̯ɛn⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡sz̩⁵¹/


漢藏語系

ㄏㄢˋ ㄗㄤˋ ㄩˇ ㄒㄧˋ

ㄏㄢˋ ㄗㄤˋ ㄩˇ ㄒㄧˋ

Ханьцзан юйси

/xän⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡sɑŋ⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹ ɕi⁵¹/

/hɔːn³³ t͡sɔːŋ²² jyː¹³ hɐi̯²²/

/xuiŋ³³ t͡sɔŋ⁴² ŋy²¹ si²⁴/

/haŋ²¹³⁻⁵³ ^((t͡s-))ʒɑuŋ²⁴² ŋy³³⁻⁵⁵ ⁽ʰ⁻⁾iɛ²⁴²/

/han²¹⁻⁵³ t͡sɔŋ²²⁻²¹ ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ he²²/

/han¹¹⁻⁵³ t͡sɔŋ³³⁻¹¹ ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ he³³/

/han⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ t͡sɔŋ⁴¹⁻²² ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ he⁴¹/

/han²¹⁻⁵³ t͡sɔŋ²²⁻²¹ ɡi⁵³⁻⁴⁴ he²²/

/han²¹⁻⁴¹ t͡sɔŋ³³⁻²¹ ɡi⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ he³³/

/xän⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡sɑŋ⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹ ɕi⁵¹/

/hɔːn³³ t͡sɔːŋ²² jyː¹³ hɐi̯²²/

/xuiŋ³³ t͡sɔŋ⁴² ŋy²¹ si²⁴/

/han²¹⁻⁵³ t͡sɔŋ²²⁻²¹ ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ he²²/

/han¹¹⁻⁵³ t͡sɔŋ³³⁻¹¹ ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ he³³/

/han⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ t͡sɔŋ⁴¹⁻²² ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ he⁴¹/

/han²¹⁻⁵³ t͡sɔŋ²²⁻²¹ ɡi⁵³⁻⁴⁴ he²²/

/han²¹⁻⁴¹ t͡sɔŋ³³⁻²¹ ɡi⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ he³³/

(linguistics) Sino-Tibetan language family


語氣詞

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡ɕʰi⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/jyː¹³ hei̯³³ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡ɕʰi⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/jyː¹³ hei̯³³ t͡sʰiː²¹/


語序

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ ɕy⁵¹/

/jyː¹³ t͡sɵy̯²²/

/ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ sɯ²²/

/ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ su²²/

/ɡi⁵³⁻⁴⁴ si²²/

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ ɕy⁵¹/

/jyː¹³ t͡sɵy̯²²/

/ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ sɯ²²/

/ɡu⁵³⁻⁴⁴ su²²/

/ɡi⁵³⁻⁴⁴ si²²/


流行語

ㄌㄧㄡˊ ㄒㄧㄥˊ ㄩˇ

ㄌㄧㄡˊ ㄒㄧㄥˊ ㄩˇ

/li̯oʊ̯³⁵ ɕiŋ³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/li̯oʊ̯³⁵ ɕiŋ³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

(linguistics) catchword; popular neologism


黏著

/ni̯ɛn³⁵ ʈ͡ʂu̯ɔ³⁵/

/niːm⁵⁵ t͡sœːk̚²/

/ni̯ɛn³⁵ ʈ͡ʂu̯ɔ³⁵/

/niːm⁵⁵ t͡sœːk̚²/

/ni̯ɛn³⁵ ɖ͡ʐ̥ə³/

/ni̯ɛn³⁵ ɖ͡ʐ̥ə³/

/niːm⁵⁵ t͡sœːk̚²/


形式主義

ㄒㄧㄥˊ ㄕˋ ㄓㄨˇ ㄧˋ

ㄒㄧㄥˊ ㄕˋ ㄓㄨˇ ㄧˋ

/ɕiŋ³⁵ ʂʐ̩⁵¹ ʈ͡ʂu²¹⁴⁻²¹ i⁵¹/

/jɪŋ²¹ sɪk̚⁵ t͡syː³⁵ jiː²²/

/ɕiŋ³⁵ ʂʐ̩⁵¹ ʈ͡ʂu²¹⁴⁻²¹ i⁵¹/

/jɪŋ²¹ sɪk̚⁵ t͡syː³⁵ jiː²²/

(linguistics, computing, mathematics) formalism


黏著語

黏着语
黏着語
粘著語/粘着语

ㄋㄧㄢˊ ㄓㄨㄛˊ ㄩˇ

ㄋㄧㄢˊ ㄓㄨㄛˊ ㄩˇ

/ni̯ɛn³⁵ ʈ͡ʂu̯ɔ³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/ni̯ɛn³⁵ ʈ͡ʂu̯ɔ³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/


片語

/pʰi̯ɛn⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/pʰiːn³³ jyː¹³/

/pʰiɛn²¹⁻⁵³ ɡi⁵³/

/pʰiɛn⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ ɡi⁵⁵⁴/

/pʰiɛn²¹⁻⁵³ ɡi⁵³/

/pʰiɛn¹¹⁻⁵³ ɡi⁵³/

/pʰiɛn²¹⁻⁴¹ ɡi⁴¹/

/pʰi³³ n̠ʲy⁴⁴/

/pʰi̯ɛn⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/pʰiːn³³ jyː¹³/

/pʰiɛn²¹⁻⁵³ ɡi⁵³/

/pʰiɛn⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ ɡi⁵⁵⁴/

/pʰiɛn²¹⁻⁵³ ɡi⁵³/

/pʰiɛn¹¹⁻⁵³ ɡi⁵³/

/pʰiɛn²¹⁻⁴¹ ɡi⁴¹/

/pʰi³³ n̠ʲy⁴⁴/

(grammar, now chiefly Taiwan) phrase (short written or spoken expression)


倒裝

/tɑʊ̯⁵¹ ʈ͡ʂu̯ɑŋ⁵⁵/

/tou̯³³ t͡sɔːŋ⁵⁵/

/tou̯³⁵ t͡sɔːŋ⁵⁵/

/tɑʊ̯⁵¹ ʈ͡ʂu̯ɑŋ⁵⁵/

/tou̯³³ t͡sɔːŋ⁵⁵/

/tou̯³⁵ t͡sɔːŋ⁵⁵/


倒裝

/tɑʊ̯⁵¹ ʈ͡ʂu̯ɑŋ⁵⁵/

/tou̯³³ t͡sɔːŋ⁵⁵/

/tou̯³⁵ t͡sɔːŋ⁵⁵/

/tɑʊ̯⁵¹ ʈ͡ʂu̯ɑŋ⁵⁵/

/tou̯³³ t͡sɔːŋ⁵⁵/

/tou̯³⁵ t͡sɔːŋ⁵⁵/


送氣音

/sʊŋ⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡ɕʰi⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/sʊŋ⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡ɕʰi⁵¹ in⁵⁵/


小品詞

ㄒㄧㄠˇ ㄆㄧㄣˇ ㄘˊ

ㄒㄧㄠˇ ㄆㄧㄣˇ ㄘˊ

/ɕi̯ɑʊ̯²¹⁴⁻³⁵ pʰin²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/ɕi̯ɑʊ̯²¹⁴⁻³⁵ pʰin²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/


混成詞

/xu̯ən⁵¹ ʈ͡ʂʰɤŋ³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/xu̯ən⁵¹ ʈ͡ʂʰɤŋ³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/


借譯

/t͡ɕi̯ɛ⁵¹⁻⁵³ i⁵¹/

/t͡sɛː³³ jɪk̚²/

/t͡ɕi̯ɛ⁵¹⁻⁵³ i⁵¹/

/t͡sɛː³³ jɪk̚²/

(linguistics, translation studies) to calque


借譯

/t͡ɕi̯ɛ⁵¹⁻⁵³ i⁵¹/

/t͡sɛː³³ jɪk̚²/

/t͡ɕi̯ɛ⁵¹⁻⁵³ i⁵¹/

/t͡sɛː³³ jɪk̚²/

(linguistics, translation studies) loan translation; calque


異化

/i⁵¹⁻⁵³ xu̯ä⁵¹/

/jiː²² faː³³/

/i³⁵⁻¹¹ hue²¹³/

/i⁵¹⁻⁵³ xu̯ä⁵¹/

/jiː²² faː³³/

/i³⁵⁻¹¹ hue²¹³/


同化作用

ㄊㄨㄥˊ ㄏㄨㄚˋ ㄗㄨㄛˋ ㄩㄥˋ

ㄊㄨㄥˊ ㄏㄨㄚˋ ㄗㄨㄛˋ ㄩㄥˋ

тунхуа цзоюн

/tʰʊŋ³⁵ xu̯ä⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡su̯ɔ⁵¹⁻⁵³ jʊŋ⁵¹/

/tʰʊŋ²¹ faː³³ t͡sɔːk̚³ jʊŋ²²/

/tʰʊŋ³⁵ xu̯ä⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡su̯ɔ⁵¹⁻⁵³ jʊŋ⁵¹/

/tʰʊŋ²¹ faː³³ t͡sɔːk̚³ jʊŋ²²/


使役

/ʂʐ̩²¹⁴⁻²¹ i⁵¹/

/siː³⁵ jɪk̚²/

/ʂʐ̩²¹⁴⁻²¹ i⁵¹/

/siː³⁵ jɪk̚²/

(grammar) to express a cause or causation; to be causative


語料庫

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ li̯ɑʊ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ kʰu⁵¹/

/jyː¹³ liːu̯²²⁻³⁵ fuː³³/

/ŋi²⁴⁻¹¹ li̯au̯⁵⁵ kʰu⁵⁵/

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ li̯ɑʊ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ kʰu⁵¹/

/jyː¹³ liːu̯²²⁻³⁵ fuː³³/

/ŋi²⁴⁻¹¹ li̯au̯⁵⁵ kʰu⁵⁵/


語料

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ li̯ɑʊ̯⁵¹/

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ li̯aʊ̯ɻʷ⁵¹/

/jyː¹³ liːu̯²²⁻³⁵/

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ li̯ɑʊ̯⁵¹/

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ li̯aʊ̯ɻʷ⁵¹/

/jyː¹³ liːu̯²²⁻³⁵/

(linguistics) language data; language material


可數名詞

ㄎㄜˇ ㄕㄨˇ ㄇㄧㄥˊ ㄘˊ

ㄎㄜˇ ㄕㄨˇ ㄇㄧㄥˊ ㄘˊ

/kʰɤ²¹⁴⁻³⁵ ʂu²¹⁴⁻²¹ miŋ³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/kʰɤ²¹⁴⁻³⁵ ʂu²¹⁴⁻²¹ miŋ³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/


一般現在時

ㄧ ㄅㄢ ㄒㄧㄢˋ ㄗㄞˋ ㄕˊ

yībān xiànzàishí [Phonetic:yìbān xiànzàishí]

ㄧ ㄅㄢ ㄒㄧㄢˋ ㄗㄞˋ ㄕˊ

ибань сяньцзайши

/i⁵⁵⁻⁵¹ pän⁵⁵ ɕi̯ɛn⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡saɪ̯⁵¹ ʂʐ̩³⁵/


現在時

/ɕi̯ɛn⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡saɪ̯⁵¹ ʂʐ̩³⁵/

/jiːn²² t͡sɔːi̯²² siː²¹/

/ɕi̯ɛn⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡saɪ̯⁵¹ ʂʐ̩³⁵/

/jiːn²² t͡sɔːi̯²² siː²¹/


實詞

/ʂʐ̩³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/sɐt̚² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/ɬiʔ⁴⁻²¹ ɬo¹³/

/ɬiʔ⁴⁻² ɬo²⁴/

/sit̚⁴⁻³² su²⁴/

/sit̚¹²¹⁻²¹ su¹³/

/sit̚²⁴⁻² sɯ²⁴/

/ʂʐ̩³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/sɐt̚² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/ɬiʔ⁴⁻²¹ ɬo¹³/

/ɬiʔ⁴⁻² ɬo²⁴/

/sit̚⁴⁻³² su²⁴/

/sit̚¹²¹⁻²¹ su¹³/

/sit̚²⁴⁻² sɯ²⁴/


傳意

/ʈ͡ʂʰu̯än³⁵ i⁵¹/

/t͡sʰyːn²¹ jiː³³/

/ʈ͡ʂʰu̯än³⁵ i⁵¹/

/t͡sʰyːn²¹ jiː³³/

(translation studies) to translate the meaning of an expression (as opposed to its form); to adopt a communicative translation method


切身

/t͡ɕʰi̯ɛ⁵¹ ʂən⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰiːt̚³ sɐn⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰiɛt̚³²⁻⁴ sin⁴⁴/

/t͡sʰiɛt̚⁵⁻²⁴ sin³³/

/t͡sʰiɛt̚³²⁻⁵ sin⁴⁴/

/t͡sʰiɛt̚³²⁻⁴ sin⁴⁴/

/t͡sʰiɛt̚³²⁻⁴ sin⁴⁴/

/t͡sʰiak̚²⁻⁴ siŋ³³/

/t͡ɕʰi̯ɛ⁵¹ ʂən⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰiːt̚³ sɐn⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰiɛt̚³²⁻⁴ sin⁴⁴/

/t͡sʰiɛt̚⁵⁻²⁴ sin³³/

/t͡sʰiɛt̚³²⁻⁵ sin⁴⁴/

/t͡sʰiɛt̚³²⁻⁴ sin⁴⁴/

/t͡sʰiɛt̚³²⁻⁴ sin⁴⁴/

/t͡sʰiak̚²⁻⁴ siŋ³³/

(Buddhism, linguistics) compound character that combines two characters meant to be read through fanqie to transliterate Sanskrit syllables


通性

/tʰʊŋ⁵⁵ ɕiŋ⁵¹/

/tʰʊŋ⁵⁵ sɪŋ³³/

/tʰɔŋ⁴⁴⁻²² siɪŋ²¹/

/tʰɔŋ³³ siɪŋ⁴¹/

/tʰɔŋ⁴⁴⁻²² siɪŋ²¹/

/tʰɔŋ⁴⁴⁻³³ siɪŋ¹¹/

/tʰɔŋ⁴⁴⁻³³ siɪŋ²¹/

/tʰoŋ⁵⁵ ɕin²¹/

/tʰʊŋ⁵⁵ ɕiŋ⁵¹/

/tʰʊŋ⁵⁵ sɪŋ³³/

/tʰɔŋ⁴⁴⁻²² siɪŋ²¹/

/tʰɔŋ³³ siɪŋ⁴¹/

/tʰɔŋ⁴⁴⁻²² siɪŋ²¹/

/tʰɔŋ⁴⁴⁻³³ siɪŋ¹¹/

/tʰɔŋ⁴⁴⁻³³ siɪŋ²¹/

/tʰoŋ⁵⁵ ɕin²¹/


反語

/fän²¹⁴⁻³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/fän²¹⁴⁻³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/


音值

/in⁵⁵ ʈ͡ʂʐ̩³⁵/

/jɐm⁵⁵ t͡sɪk̚²/

/im⁴⁴⁻²² tit̚⁴/

/im⁴⁴⁻²² tat̚⁴/

/in⁵⁵ ʈ͡ʂʐ̩³⁵/

/jɐm⁵⁵ t͡sɪk̚²/

/im⁴⁴⁻²² tit̚⁴/

/im⁴⁴⁻²² tat̚⁴/


及物

/t͡ɕi³⁵ u⁵¹/

/kʰɐp̚² mɐt̚²/

/t͡ɕi³⁵ u⁵¹/

/kʰɐp̚² mɐt̚²/

(grammar, of a verb) to able to be followed by an object; to be transitive


及物

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (及物):
* → Vietnamese: cập vật (及物)

/t͡ɕi³⁵ u⁵¹/

/kʰɐp̚² mɐt̚²/

/t͡ɕi³⁵ u⁵¹/

/kʰɐp̚² mɐt̚²/


元譯素

/ɥɛn³⁵ i⁵¹⁻⁵³ su⁵¹/

/ɥɛn³⁵ i⁵¹⁻⁵³ su⁵¹/


元音大推移

ㄩㄢˊ ㄧㄣ ㄉㄚˋ ㄊㄨㄟ ㄧˊ

ㄩㄢˊ ㄧㄣ ㄉㄚˋ ㄊㄨㄟ ㄧˊ

Юаньинь Да Туйи

/ɥɛn³⁵ in⁵⁵ tä⁵¹ tʰu̯eɪ̯⁵⁵ i³⁵/

/jyːn²¹ jɐm⁵⁵ taːi̯²² tʰɵy̯⁵⁵ jiː²¹/

/ɥɛn³⁵ in⁵⁵ tä⁵¹ tʰu̯eɪ̯⁵⁵ i³⁵/

/jyːn²¹ jɐm⁵⁵ taːi̯²² tʰɵy̯⁵⁵ jiː²¹/


聯誦

/li̯ɛn³⁵ sʊŋ⁵¹/

/lyːn²¹ t͡sʊŋ²²/

/li̯ɛn³⁵ sʊŋ⁵¹/

/lyːn²¹ t͡sʊŋ²²/

Phono-semantic matching of French liaison.

psm

(linguistics) liaison (phonological fusion of two consecutive words, especially in French)


聲韻

/ʂɤŋ⁵⁵ yn⁵¹/

/sɪŋ⁵⁵ wɐn²²/

/sɪŋ⁵⁵ wɐn¹³/

/saŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ i̯un⁵⁵/

/ʂɤŋ⁵⁵ yn⁵¹/

/sɪŋ⁵⁵ wɐn²²/

/sɪŋ⁵⁵ wɐn¹³/

/saŋ²⁴⁻¹¹ i̯un⁵⁵/

(phonetics) initial and final (of a Chinese syllable)

(phonetics, by extension) pronunciation (of a Chinese character)


借詞

/t͡ɕi̯ɛ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/t͡sɛː³³ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/t͡ɕi̯ɛ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/t͡sɛː³³ t͡sʰiː²¹/


不可數名詞

ㄅㄨˋ ㄎㄜˇ ㄕㄨˇ ㄇㄧㄥˊ ㄘˊ

ㄅㄨˋ ㄎㄜˇ ㄕㄨˇ ㄇㄧㄥˊ ㄘˊ

букэшу минцы

/pu⁵¹ kʰɤ²¹⁴⁻³⁵ ʂu²¹⁴⁻²¹ miŋ³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/pɐt̚⁵ hɔː³⁵ sou̯³⁵ mɪŋ²¹ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/pɐt̚⁵ hɔː³⁵ sou̯³⁵ mɪŋ²¹ t͡sʰiː²¹/


長音

/ʈ͡ʂʰɑŋ³⁵ in⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰœːŋ²¹ jɐm⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰoŋ¹¹ im²⁴/

/ʈ͡ʂʰɑŋ³⁵ in⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰœːŋ²¹ jɐm⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰoŋ¹¹ im²⁴/

(phonetics) long sound; long consonant or vowel


祖語

/t͡su²¹⁴⁻³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/t͡su²¹⁴⁻³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/


原始語

/ɥɛn³⁵ ʂʐ̩²¹⁴⁻³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/jyːn²¹ t͡sʰiː³⁵ jyː¹³/

/ɥɛn³⁵ ʂʐ̩²¹⁴⁻³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/jyːn²¹ t͡sʰiː³⁵ jyː¹³/


表語

/pi̯ɑʊ̯²¹⁴⁻³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/piːu̯³⁵ jyː¹³/

/pi̯ɑʊ̯²¹⁴⁻³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/piːu̯³⁵ jyː¹³/


自然語言

ㄗˋ ㄖㄢˊ ㄩˇ ㄧㄢˊ

ㄗˋ ㄖㄢˊ ㄩˇ ㄧㄢˊ

цзыжань юйянь

/t͡sz̩⁵¹ ʐän³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹ jɛn³⁵/

/t͡siː²² jiːn²¹ jyː¹³ jiːn²¹/

/t͡sz̩⁵¹ ʐän³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹ jɛn³⁵/

/t͡siː²² jiːn²¹ jyː¹³ jiːn²¹/


反身代詞

ㄈㄢˇ ㄕㄣ ㄉㄞˋ ㄘˊ

ㄈㄢˇ ㄕㄣ ㄉㄞˋ ㄘˊ

фаньшэнь дайцы

/fän²¹⁴⁻²¹ ʂən⁵⁵ taɪ̯⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/faːn³⁵ sɐn⁵⁵ tɔːi̯²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/fän²¹⁴⁻²¹ ʂən⁵⁵ taɪ̯⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/faːn³⁵ sɐn⁵⁵ tɔːi̯²² t͡sʰiː²¹/


反身

/fän²¹⁴⁻²¹ ʂən⁵⁵/

/fän²¹⁴⁻²¹ ʂən⁵⁵/

/piɪŋ⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ sin⁴⁴/

/piɪŋ⁵³⁻⁴⁴ sin⁴⁴/

/piɪŋ⁴¹⁻⁴⁴ sin⁴⁴/

/piɪŋ⁵³⁻⁴⁴ sin⁴⁴/


規則動詞

ㄍㄨㄟ ㄗㄜˊ ㄉㄨㄥˋ ㄘˊ

ㄍㄨㄟ ㄗㄜˊ ㄉㄨㄥˋ ㄘˊ

гуйцзэ дунцы

/ku̯eɪ̯⁵⁵ t͡sɤ³⁵ tʊŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/kʷʰɐi̯⁵⁵ t͡sɐk̚⁵ tʊŋ²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/ku̯eɪ̯⁵⁵ t͡sɤ³⁵ tʊŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/kʷʰɐi̯⁵⁵ t͡sɐk̚⁵ tʊŋ²² t͡sʰiː²¹/


不規則動詞

ㄅㄨˋ ㄍㄨㄟ ㄗㄜˊ ㄉㄨㄥˋ ㄘˊ

ㄅㄨˋ ㄍㄨㄟ ㄗㄜˊ ㄉㄨㄥˋ ㄘˊ

бугуйцзэ дунцы

/pu⁵¹ ku̯eɪ̯⁵⁵ t͡sɤ³⁵ tʊŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/pɐt̚⁵ kʷʰɐi̯⁵⁵ t͡sɐk̚⁵ tʊŋ²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/pu⁵¹ ku̯eɪ̯⁵⁵ t͡sɤ³⁵ tʊŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/pɐt̚⁵ kʷʰɐi̯⁵⁵ t͡sɐk̚⁵ tʊŋ²² t͡sʰiː²¹/


反問句

фаньвэньцзюй

/fän²¹⁴⁻²¹ wən⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡ɕy⁵¹/

/faːn³⁵ mɐn²² kɵy̯³³/

/fän²¹⁴⁻²¹ wən⁵¹⁻⁵³ t͡ɕy⁵¹/

/faːn³⁵ mɐn²² kɵy̯³³/


同聲傳譯

ㄊㄨㄥˊ ㄕㄥ ㄔㄨㄢˊ ㄧˋ

ㄊㄨㄥˊ ㄕㄥ ㄔㄨㄢˊ ㄧˋ

туншэн чуаньи

/tʰʊŋ³⁵ ʂɤŋ⁵⁵ ʈ͡ʂʰu̯än³⁵ i⁵¹/

/tʰʊŋ²¹ sɪŋ⁵⁵ t͡sʰyːn²¹ jɪk̚²/

/tʰʊŋ³⁵ ʂɤŋ⁵⁵ ʈ͡ʂʰu̯än³⁵ i⁵¹/

/tʰʊŋ²¹ sɪŋ⁵⁵ t͡sʰyːn²¹ jɪk̚²/

simultaneous interpretation
simultaneous interpretation

(translation studies) simultaneous interpretation


譯意

/i⁵¹⁻⁵³ i⁵¹/

/jɪk̚² jiː³³/

/i⁵¹⁻⁵³ i⁵¹/

/jɪk̚² jiː³³/

(translation studies) meaning (of a term, sentence, etc.) translated into another language


舊譯

/t͡ɕi̯oʊ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ i⁵¹/

/kɐu̯²² jɪk̚²/

/t͡ɕi̯oʊ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ i⁵¹/

/kɐu̯²² jɪk̚²/

(linguistics) old translation of a foreign term


連綴

/li̯ɛn³⁵ ʈ͡ʂu̯eɪ̯⁵¹/

/liːn²¹ t͡sɵy̯³³/

/liɛn²⁴⁻²² t͡sue²¹/

/liɛn¹³⁻²² t͡sue²¹/

/liɛn²⁴⁻²² t͡sue⁴¹/

/li̯ɛn³⁵ ʈ͡ʂu̯eɪ̯⁵¹/

/liːn²¹ t͡sɵy̯³³/

/liɛn²⁴⁻²² t͡sue²¹/

/liɛn¹³⁻²² t͡sue²¹/

/liɛn²⁴⁻²² t͡sue⁴¹/


最高級

/t͡su̯eɪ̯⁵¹ kɑʊ̯⁵⁵ t͡ɕi³⁵/

/t͡sɵy̯³³ kou̯⁵⁵ kʰɐp̚⁵/

/t͡su̯eɪ̯⁵¹ kɑʊ̯⁵⁵ t͡ɕi³⁵/

/t͡sɵy̯³³ kou̯⁵⁵ kʰɐp̚⁵/


調號

/ti̯ɑʊ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ xɑʊ̯⁵¹/

/ti̯ɑʊ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ xaʊ̯ɻʷ⁵¹/

/ti̯ɑʊ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ xɑʊ̯⁵¹/

/ti̯ɑʊ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ xaʊ̯ɻʷ⁵¹/

(linguistics) tone mark; tone diacritics


及物動詞

ㄐㄧˊ ㄨˋ ㄉㄨㄥˋ ㄘˊ

ㄐㄧˊ ㄨˋ ㄉㄨㄥˋ ㄘˊ

/t͡ɕi³⁵ u⁵¹⁻⁵³ tʊŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/kʰɐp̚² mɐt̚² tʊŋ²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/t͡ɕi³⁵ u⁵¹⁻⁵³ tʊŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/kʰɐp̚² mɐt̚² tʊŋ²² t͡sʰiː²¹/


不及物動詞

ㄅㄨˋ ㄐㄧˊ ㄨˋ ㄉㄨㄥˋ ㄘˊ

ㄅㄨˋ ㄐㄧˊ ㄨˋ ㄉㄨㄥˋ ㄘˊ

буцзиу дунцы

/pu⁵¹ t͡ɕi³⁵ u⁵¹⁻⁵³ tʊŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/pɐt̚⁵ kʰɐp̚² mɐt̚² tʊŋ²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/pu⁵¹ t͡ɕi³⁵ u⁵¹⁻⁵³ tʊŋ⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/pɐt̚⁵ kʰɐp̚² mɐt̚² tʊŋ²² t͡sʰiː²¹/


不及物

CJKV/code

Sino-Xenic (不及物):
* → Vietnamese: bất cập vật (不及物)

/pu⁵¹ t͡ɕi³⁵ u⁵¹/

/pɐt̚⁵ kʰɐp̚² mɐt̚²/

/pu⁵¹ t͡ɕi³⁵ u⁵¹/

/pɐt̚⁵ kʰɐp̚² mɐt̚²/


轉譯

/ʈ͡ʂu̯än²¹⁴⁻²¹ i⁵¹/

/ʈ͡ʂu̯än²¹⁴⁻²¹ i⁵¹/

(translation studies) to translate from a translated version into a third language


句法學

Sino-Xenic (句法學):
* → Vietnamese: cú pháp học (句法學)

ㄐㄩˋ ㄈㄚˇ ㄒㄩㄝˊ

ㄐㄩˋ ㄈㄚˇ ㄒㄩㄝˊ

/t͡ɕy⁵¹ fä²¹⁴⁻²¹ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/kɵy̯³³ faːt̚³ hɔːk̚²/

/t͡ɕy⁵¹ fä²¹⁴⁻²¹ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/kɵy̯³³ faːt̚³ hɔːk̚²/


插入語

/ʈ͡ʂʰä⁵⁵ ʐu⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/t͡sʰaːp̚³ jɐp̚² jyː¹³/

/ʈ͡ʂʰä⁵⁵ ʐu⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/t͡sʰaːp̚³ jɐp̚² jyː¹³/

parenthetical phrase
parenthetical phrase


舌葉音

/ʂɤ³⁵ jɛ⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/ʂɤ³⁵ jɛ⁵¹ in⁵⁵/


單元音

/tän⁵⁵ ɥɛn³⁵ in⁵⁵/

/tän⁵⁵ ɥɛn³⁵ in⁵⁵/


三元音

/sän⁵⁵ ɥɛn³⁵ in⁵⁵/

/sän⁵⁵ ɥɛn³⁵ in⁵⁵/


互通

/xu⁵¹ tʰʊŋ⁵⁵/

/wuː²² tʰʊŋ⁵⁵/

/hɔ²²⁻²¹ tʰɔŋ⁴⁴/

/hɔ⁴¹⁻²² tʰɔŋ³³/

/hɔ²²⁻²¹ tʰɔŋ⁴⁴/

/hɔ³³⁻¹¹ tʰɔŋ⁴⁴/

/hɔ³³⁻²¹ tʰɔŋ⁴⁴/

/xu⁵¹ tʰʊŋ⁵⁵/

/wuː²² tʰʊŋ⁵⁵/

/hɔ²²⁻²¹ tʰɔŋ⁴⁴/

/hɔ⁴¹⁻²² tʰɔŋ³³/

/hɔ²²⁻²¹ tʰɔŋ⁴⁴/

/hɔ³³⁻¹¹ tʰɔŋ⁴⁴/

/hɔ³³⁻²¹ tʰɔŋ⁴⁴/

mutually intelligible
mutually intelligible


詞形

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ ɕiŋ³⁵/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ jɪŋ²¹/

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ ɕiŋ³⁵/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ jɪŋ²¹/

(linguistics) form (of a word, resulting from declension, conjugation, etc.)


傳譯員

/ʈ͡ʂʰu̯än³⁵ i⁵¹ ɥɛn³⁵/

/ʈ͡ʂʰu̯än³⁵ i⁵¹ ɥɛn³⁵/

(translation studies) interpreter (Classifier: 位 m)


複元音

/fu⁵¹ ɥɛn³⁵ in⁵⁵/

/fʊk̚⁵ jyːn²¹ jɐm⁵⁵/

/fu⁵¹ ɥɛn³⁵ in⁵⁵/

/fʊk̚⁵ jyːn²¹ jɐm⁵⁵/


語幹

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ kän⁵¹/

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ kän⁵¹/

(linguistics) Alternative name for 詞幹／词干 (cígàn, “stem”).


詞幹

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ kän⁵¹/

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ kän⁵¹/


濁塞音

/ʈ͡ʂu̯ɔ³⁵ sɤ⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/t͡sʊk̚² sɐk̚⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/

/ʈ͡ʂu̯ɔ³⁵ sɤ⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/t͡sʊk̚² sɐk̚⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/


清化

/t͡ɕʰiŋ⁵⁵ xu̯ä⁵¹/

/t͡sʰɪŋ⁵⁵ faː³³/

/t͡ɕʰiŋ⁵⁵ xu̯ä⁵¹/

/t͡sʰɪŋ⁵⁵ faː³³/

(linguistics) to devoice; to become devoiced


雙脣音

/ʂu̯ɑŋ⁵⁵ ʈ͡ʂʰu̯ən³⁵ in⁵⁵/

/sœːŋ⁵⁵ sɵn²¹ jɐm⁵⁵/

/ʂu̯ɑŋ⁵⁵ ʈ͡ʂʰu̯ən³⁵ in⁵⁵/

/sœːŋ⁵⁵ sɵn²¹ jɐm⁵⁵/


軟顎音

软颚音
軟齶音/軟腭音/软腭音

/ʐu̯än²¹⁴⁻²¹ ˀɤ⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/jyːn¹³ ŋɔːk̚² jɐm⁵⁵/

/ʐu̯än²¹⁴⁻²¹ ˀɤ⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/jyːn¹³ ŋɔːk̚² jɐm⁵⁵/


清塞音

/t͡ɕʰiŋ⁵⁵ sɤ⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰɪŋ⁵⁵ sɐk̚⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/

/t͡ɕʰiŋ⁵⁵ sɤ⁵¹ in⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰɪŋ⁵⁵ sɐk̚⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/


濁擦音

/ʈ͡ʂu̯ɔ³⁵ t͡sʰä⁵⁵ in⁵⁵/

/ʈ͡ʂu̯ɔ³⁵ t͡sʰä⁵⁵ in⁵⁵/


清擦音

/t͡ɕʰiŋ⁵⁵ t͡sʰä⁵⁵ in⁵⁵/

/t͡ɕʰiŋ⁵⁵ t͡sʰä⁵⁵ in⁵⁵/


濁邊音

/ʈ͡ʂu̯ɔ³⁵ pi̯ɛn⁵⁵ in⁵⁵/

/ʈ͡ʂu̯ɔ³⁵ pi̯ɛn⁵⁵ in⁵⁵/


濁化

/ʈ͡ʂu̯ɔ³⁵ xu̯ä⁵¹/

/t͡sʊk̚² faː³³/

/ʈ͡ʂu̯ɔ³⁵ xu̯ä⁵¹/

/t͡sʊk̚² faː³³/

(linguistics) to voice; to become voiced


民族共同語

ㄇㄧㄣˊ ㄗㄨˊ ㄍㄨㄥˋ ㄊㄨㄥˊ ㄩˇ

ㄇㄧㄣˊ ㄗㄨˊ ㄍㄨㄥˋ ㄊㄨㄥˊ ㄩˇ

миньцзу гунтунъюй

/min³⁵ t͡su³⁵ kʊŋ⁵¹ tʰʊŋ³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/min³⁵ t͡su³⁵ kʊŋ⁵¹ tʰʊŋ³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/


個中

/kɤ⁵¹ ʈ͡ʂʊŋ⁵⁵/

/kɔː³³ t͡sʊŋ⁵⁵/

/kɤ⁵¹ ʈ͡ʂʊŋ⁵⁵/

/kɔː³³ t͡sʊŋ⁵⁵/


文學語言

ㄨㄣˊ ㄒㄩㄝˊ ㄩˇ ㄧㄢˊ

ㄨㄣˊ ㄒㄩㄝˊ ㄩˇ ㄧㄢˊ

вэньсюэ юйянь

/wən³⁵ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹ jɛn³⁵/

/mɐn²¹ hɔːk̚² jyː¹³ jiːn²¹/

/wən³⁵ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹ jɛn³⁵/

/mɐn²¹ hɔːk̚² jyː¹³ jiːn²¹/


單純詞

/tän⁵⁵ ʈ͡ʂʰu̯ən³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/taːn⁵⁵ sɵn²¹ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/tän⁵⁵ ʈ͡ʂʰu̯ən³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/taːn⁵⁵ sɵn²¹ t͡sʰiː²¹/


閩語

/min²¹⁴⁻³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/min³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/mɐn¹³ jyː¹³/

/men²⁴⁻³³ ŋi⁵³/

/miŋ⁵³⁻³³ ŋy³³/

/maŋ¹³⁻¹¹ ⁽ᵏ⁻⁾ŋy⁴⁵³/

/maŋ²⁴⁻²¹ ⁽ᵏ⁻⁾ŋy³³²/

/ban²⁴⁻¹¹ ɡu⁵³/

/ban²³⁻²¹ ɡu⁴⁴⁵/

/ban²⁴⁻²² ɡu⁵³/

/ban²⁴⁻²² ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴/

/ban²⁴⁻²² ɡi⁵⁵⁴/

/ban²³⁻³³ ɡi⁴¹/

/ban¹³⁻²² ɡi⁵³/

/min²¹⁴⁻³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/min³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/mɐn¹³ jyː¹³/

/men²⁴⁻³³ ŋi⁵³/

/miŋ⁵³⁻³³ ŋy³³/

/maŋ¹³⁻¹¹ ⁽ᵏ⁻⁾ŋy⁴⁵³/

/maŋ²⁴⁻²¹ ⁽ᵏ⁻⁾ŋy³³²/

/ban²⁴⁻¹¹ ɡu⁵³/

/ban²³⁻²¹ ɡu⁴⁴⁵/

/ban²⁴⁻²² ɡu⁵³/

/ban²⁴⁻²² ɡɯ⁵⁵⁴/

/ban²⁴⁻²² ɡi⁵⁵⁴/

/ban²³⁻³³ ɡi⁴¹/

/ban¹³⁻²² ɡi⁵³/

(linguistics) Min (group of Chinese lects found in southeastern China)


介系詞

/t͡ɕi̯ɛ⁵¹⁻⁵³ ɕi⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/kaːi̯³³ hɐi̯²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

/t͡ɕi̯ɛ⁵¹⁻⁵³ ɕi⁵¹ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/kaːi̯³³ hɐi̯²² t͡sʰiː²¹/

(chiefly Taiwan, grammar) preposition; adposition


環綴

/xu̯än³⁵ ʈ͡ʂu̯eɪ̯⁵¹/

/xu̯än³⁵ ʈ͡ʂu̯eɪ̯⁵¹/


詞彙學

ㄘˊ ㄏㄨㄟˋ ㄒㄩㄝˊ

ㄘˊ ㄏㄨㄟˋ ㄒㄩㄝˊ

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ xu̯eɪ̯⁵¹ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ wuːi̯²² hɔːk̚²/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ wɐi̯²² hɔːk̚²/

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ xu̯eɪ̯⁵¹ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ wuːi̯²² hɔːk̚²/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ wɐi̯²² hɔːk̚²/


詞彙空缺

ㄘˊ ㄏㄨㄟˋ ㄎㄨㄥˋ ㄑㄩㄝ

ㄘˊ ㄏㄨㄟˋ ㄎㄨㄥˋ ㄑㄩㄝ

цыхуэй кунцюэ

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ xu̯eɪ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ kʰʊŋ⁵¹ t͡ɕʰy̯ɛ⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ wuːi̯²² hʊŋ⁵⁵ kʰyːt̚³/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ wɐi̯²² hʊŋ⁵⁵ kʰyːt̚³/

/t͡sʰz̩³⁵ xu̯eɪ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ kʰʊŋ⁵¹ t͡ɕʰy̯ɛ⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ wuːi̯²² hʊŋ⁵⁵ kʰyːt̚³/

/t͡sʰiː²¹ wɐi̯²² hʊŋ⁵⁵ kʰyːt̚³/

(linguistics, translation studies) lexical gap; lacuna


對等

/tu̯eɪ̯⁵¹ tɤŋ²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/tɵy̯³³ tɐŋ³⁵/

/tui⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ tŋ̍³³/

/tui¹¹⁻⁵³ tiɪŋ⁵³/

/tui²¹⁻⁴¹ tiɪŋ⁴¹/

/tui²¹⁻⁵³ tiɪŋ⁵³/

/tu̯eɪ̯⁵¹ tɤŋ²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/tɵy̯³³ tɐŋ³⁵/

/tui⁴¹⁻⁵⁵⁴ tŋ̍³³/

/tui¹¹⁻⁵³ tiɪŋ⁵³/

/tui²¹⁻⁴¹ tiɪŋ⁴¹/

/tui²¹⁻⁵³ tiɪŋ⁵³/


疊韻

/ti̯ɛ³⁵ yn⁵¹/

/tiap̚¹²¹⁻²¹ un²²/

/ti̯ɛ³⁵ yn⁵¹/

/tiap̚¹²¹⁻²¹ un²²/

(linguistics) rhyming compound (a compound consisting of two syllables that rhyme with one another)


聯綿詞

ㄌㄧㄢˊ ㄇㄧㄢˊ ㄘˊ

ㄌㄧㄢˊ ㄇㄧㄢˊ ㄘˊ

/li̯ɛn³⁵ mi̯ɛn³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/lyːn²¹ miːn²¹ t͡sʰiː²¹/

/li̯ɛn³⁵ mi̯ɛn³⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵/

/lyːn²¹ miːn²¹ t͡sʰiː²¹/

(Chinese linguistics) disyllabic morpheme, usually ideophonic and reduplicative in origin (Classifier: 個／个)


分析語

/fən⁵⁵ ɕi⁵⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/fən⁵⁵ ɕi⁵⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/


綜合語

/t͡sʊŋ⁵⁵ xɤ³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/t͡sʊŋ⁵¹ xɤ³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/t͡sʊŋ³³ hɐp̚² jyː¹³/

/t͡sʊŋ⁵⁵ hɐp̚² jyː¹³/

/t͡sʊŋ⁵⁵ xɤ³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/t͡sʊŋ⁵¹ xɤ³⁵ y²¹⁴⁻²¹⁽⁴⁾/

/t͡sʊŋ³³ hɐp̚² jyː¹³/

/t͡sʊŋ⁵⁵ hɐp̚² jyː¹³/


連綿字

ㄌㄧㄢˊ ㄇㄧㄢˊ ㄗˋ

ㄌㄧㄢˊ ㄇㄧㄢˊ ㄗˋ

/li̯ɛn³⁵ mi̯ɛn³⁵ t͡sz̩⁵¹/

/liɛn²³⁻³³ biɛn²³⁻³³ li³³/

/liɛn²⁴⁻¹¹ biɛn²⁴⁻¹¹ li³³/

/li̯ɛn³⁵ mi̯ɛn³⁵ t͡sz̩⁵¹/

/liɛn²³⁻³³ biɛn²³⁻³³ li³³/

/liɛn²⁴⁻¹¹ biɛn²⁴⁻¹¹ li³³/

(Chinese linguistics) Alternative name for 連綿詞／连绵词 (liánmiáncí, “disyllabic morpheme”).


語料庫語言學

ㄩˇ ㄌㄧㄠˋ ㄎㄨˋ ㄩˇ ㄧㄢˊ ㄒㄩㄝˊ

ㄩˇ ㄌㄧㄠˋ ㄎㄨˋ ㄩˇ ㄧㄢˊ ㄒㄩㄝˊ

юйляоку юйяньсюэ

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ li̯ɑʊ̯⁵¹⁻⁵³ kʰu⁵¹ y²¹⁴⁻²¹ jɛn³⁵ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/jyː¹³ liːu̯²²⁻³⁵ fuː³³ jyː¹³ jiːn²¹ hɔːk̚²/

(linguistics, computing) corpus linguistics


撮口呼

/t͡sʰu̯ɔ⁵⁵ kʰoʊ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹ xu⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰu̯ɔ⁵¹ kʰoʊ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹ xu⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰyːt̚³ hɐu̯³⁵ fuː⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰuat̚³²⁻⁵ kʰau⁵³⁻⁴⁴ hɔ⁴⁴/

/t͡sʰuat̚³²⁻⁴ kʰau⁵³⁻⁴⁴ hɔ⁴⁴/

/t͡suat̚⁵⁻²⁴ kʰio⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ hɔ³³/

/t͡sʰuat̚³²⁻⁵ kʰɔ⁵³⁻⁴⁴ hɔ⁴⁴/

/t͡sʰu̯ɔ⁵⁵ kʰoʊ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹ xu⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰu̯ɔ⁵¹ kʰoʊ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹ xu⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰyːt̚³ hɐu̯³⁵ fuː⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰuat̚³²⁻⁵ kʰau⁵³⁻⁴⁴ hɔ⁴⁴/

/t͡sʰuat̚³²⁻⁴ kʰau⁵³⁻⁴⁴ hɔ⁴⁴/

/t͡suat̚⁵⁻²⁴ kʰio⁵⁵⁴⁻²⁴ hɔ³³/

/t͡sʰuat̚³²⁻⁵ kʰɔ⁵³⁻⁴⁴ hɔ⁴⁴/

(Chinese phonetics) class of finals with /y/ (ü in Pinyin, written as u after j, q, x, and y) as their medial or nucleus


絕對分詞子句

ㄐㄩㄝˊ ㄉㄨㄟˋ ㄈㄣ ㄘˊ ㄗˇ ㄐㄩˋ

ㄐㄩㄝˊ ㄉㄨㄟˋ ㄈㄣ ㄘˊ ㄗˇ ㄐㄩˋ

цзюэдуй фэньцы цзыцзюй

/t͡ɕy̯ɛ³⁵ tu̯eɪ̯⁵¹ fən⁵⁵ t͡sʰz̩³⁵ t͡sz̩²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡ɕy⁵¹/


子句

/t͡sz̩²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡ɕy⁵¹/

/t͡siː³⁵ kɵy̯³³/

/t͡sz̩²¹⁴⁻²¹ t͡ɕy⁵¹/

/t͡siː³⁵ kɵy̯³³/


語態

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ tʰaɪ̯⁵¹/

/jyː¹³ tʰaːi̯³³/

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ tʰaɪ̯⁵¹/

/jyː¹³ tʰaːi̯³³/


語用學

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ jʊŋ⁵¹ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/jyː¹³ jʊŋ²² hɔːk̚²/

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ jʊŋ⁵¹ ɕy̯ɛ³⁵/

/jyː¹³ jʊŋ²² hɔːk̚²/

(linguistics, translation studies) pragmatics


語用

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ jʊŋ⁵¹/

/y²¹⁴⁻²¹ jʊŋ⁵¹/


鼻尾韻

/pi³⁵ weɪ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹ yn⁵¹/

/pi³⁵ weɪ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹ yn⁵¹/

(Chinese phonetics) syllable with a nasal coda


塞尾韻

/saɪ̯⁵⁵ weɪ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹ yn⁵¹/

/sɐk̚⁵ mei̯¹³ wɐn²²/

/sɐk̚⁵ mei̯¹³ wɐn¹³/

/saɪ̯⁵⁵ weɪ̯²¹⁴⁻²¹ yn⁵¹/

/sɐk̚⁵ mei̯¹³ wɐn²²/

/sɐk̚⁵ mei̯¹³ wɐn¹³/

(Chinese phonetics) syllable with a stop coda


齒音

/ʈ͡ʂʰʐ̩²¹⁴⁻²¹ in⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰiː³⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/

/ʈ͡ʂʰʐ̩²¹⁴⁻²¹ in⁵⁵/

/t͡sʰiː³⁵ jɐm⁵⁵/